BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K/A, 1997-04-01
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1997-04-01
Next: ELEK TEK INC, NT 10-K, 1997-04-01




================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form 10-K
     (Mark One)

[X]  Annual report  pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange
     Act of 1934 [Fee Required] for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 or

[ ]  Transition  report  pursuant  to  section  13 or  15(d)  of the  Securities
     Exchange  Act of 1934 [No Fee  Required]  for the  transition  period  from
     __________ to ___________

                         Commission file number 0-22046

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        Delaware                                        38-3114641
- ------------------------                    ------------------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey                             07446
- ----------------------------------------                         ----------
(Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (201) 934-8500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                         Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value
                                (Title of class)
                 Warrants to Purchase One Share of Common Stock
                                (Title of Class)

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.   YES [X]   NO  [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Registration S-K is not contained herein,  and will not be contained,  to
the  best  of  Registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or amendment
to this Form 10-K. [X]

     As of March 27, 1997,  5,758,850 shares of the  Registrant's  Common Stock,
par value $.001 per share were  outstanding.  The aggregate  market value of the
voting  stock,  based on the closing price of the  Registrant's  common stock on
March  27,  1997,  as  reported  on  the  American  Stock   Exchange,   held  by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $5,685,505.

================================================================================

                                 Page 1 of 143
                    Exhibit Index Appears on Page 47 Hereof.

<PAGE>

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                    FORM 10-K
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
PART I
Item      1.  Business......................................................  1
Item      2.  Properties ................................................... 12
Item      3.  Legal Proceedings ............................................ 13
Item      4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders........... 13

PART II
Item      5.  Market Price for Registrant's Common Equity and 
                  Related Stockholder Matters............................... 14
Item      6.  Selected Financial Data....................................... 16
Item      7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                  Condition and Results of Operations....................... 17
Item      8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data................... 23
Item      9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                  on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.................... 24

PART III
Item 10.      Directors and Executive Officers of the
                Registrant.................................................. 25
Item 11.      Executive Compensation........................................ 27
Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                Owners and Management....................................... 34
Item 13.      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................ 36


PART IV
Item 14.      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
                Form 8-K.................................................... 36

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

     All statements  contained herein that are not historical facts,  including,
but  not  limited  to,  statements  regarding  the  Company's  current  business
strategy,  the Company's  projected  sources and uses of cash, and the Company's
plans  for  future   development   and   operations,   are  based  upon  current
expectations.  These  statements  are  forward-looking  in nature and  involve a
number of risks and uncertainties.  Actual results may differ materially.  Among
the  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results to differ  materially  are the
following:   competitive   factors,   including  the  fact  that  the  Company's
competitors  are highly  focused  and may have  greater  resources  and/or  name
recognition than the Company; changes in technology and the Company's ability to
develop or acquire  new or  improved  products  and/or  modify and  upgrade  its
existing  products;  changes in labor,  equipment and capital costs;  changes in
access to suppliers; currency fluctuations; changes in regulations affecting the
Company's  business;   future  acquisitions  or  strategic   partnerships;   the
availability  of sufficient  capital to finance the Company's  business plans on
terms  satisfactory to the Company;  general  business and economic  conditions;
political  instability in certain regions; and other factors described from time
to  time in the  Company's  reports  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission. The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on
any such  forward-looking  statements  which statements are made pursuant to the
Private  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995 and, as such,  speak only as of the date
made.

Item 1. BUSINESS

     Bogen  Communications   International,   Inc.,  formerly  European  Gateway
Acquisition Corp., (the "Registrant",  and, together with its subsidiaries,  the
"Company"),   develops,  produces  and  sells  sound  processing  equipment  and
telecommunications peripherals,  through its subsidiaries,  Bogen Corporation, a
Delaware  corporation  ("Bogen"),  and Speech Design GmbH, a German  corporation
("Speech Design").

     Bogen   focuses  on  commercial   and   engineered   sound   equipment  and
telecommunication  peripherals for the voice and sound  processing  market.  For
over six decades,  Bogen has been a leader in commercial amplifiers and intercom
systems for  background and foreground  music  applications,  as well as for the
security  and  educational  industry,   and,  since  1991,  has  produced  voice
processing systems, including voice mail systems, message/music-on-hold systems,
digital announcers, call distributors and automated attendants.

     Speech Design focuses on digital voice processing systems for the mid-sized
Private Branch Exchange ("PABX") market,  targeting the rapidly growing European
voice  processing  market.  With the  launch,  in late 1995,  of its new product
family called "Memo", Speech Design has added innovative non-PC based voice mail
systems to its existing line of  telecommunication  peripheral  products,  which
includes voice-mail, automated attendants, digital announcers and message/music-
on-hold  systems.  The initial  market  reception for Memo has been positive and
approximately 1,500 systems were shipped in 1996.

     Bogen's  products  are sold  primarily  through a network of  distributors,
dealers and contractors.  Speech Design sells directly, through leading European
telephone switch manufacturers in Germany, and through major independent dealers
outside Germany.

     Suppliers and  subcontractors,  located  primarily in the Republic of South
Korea,  as well as  Taiwan,  Israel,  Germany,  and the United  States,  produce
sub-assemblies and finished products for the Company.

                                        1

<PAGE>

     The Company is a Delaware corporation whose principal executive offices are
located at 50 Spring Street,  Ramsey,  New Jersey 07446 and its telephone number
is (201) 934-8500.

Company History

     The Registrant was formed on May 6, 1993 as a Specified Purpose Acquisition
Company  ("SPAC")  with the  objective  of  acquiring a  medium-sized  operating
business engaged in industrial  manufacturing or industrial services and located
in  Germany,  Switzerland  or  Austria.  On October  13,  1993,  the  Registrant
consummated  an initial public  offering (the "IPO")of  1,550,000  units,  which
resulted in $8,120,000 in net proceeds to the Registrant. Each unit consisted of
one share of the Registrant's  common stock,  $.001 par value per share ("Common
Stock"), and two warrants (the "Warrants"), each entitling the holder thereof to
purchase one share of Common Stock for $5.50 per share (the "Units").  As of the
date hereof,  there are 5,758,850 shares of Common Stock and 3,660,000  Warrants
outstanding.

     Until  April 6, 1995,  the  Registrant  did not  engage in any  substantive
commercial business other than evaluating prospective companies for acquisition.
On such date, the Registrant  entered into an agreement (as amended,  the "Stock
Purchase Agreement") with Geotek  Communications,  Inc.  ("Geotek"),  to acquire
controlling  interests in two  communications  products  companies  then held by
Geotek (the "Business Combination").

     Pursuant  to  the  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  on  August  21,  1995,  the
Registrant  acquired from Geotek  approximately  67% of the outstanding  capital
stock of Speech Design GmbH and  approximately  99% of the  outstanding  capital
stock of Bogen  Corporation.  As  consideration  for such  acquisitions,  Geotek
received from the Company:  (i) 3,701,919  shares of Common Stock;  (ii) 200,000
Warrants;  (iii)  $7,000,000;  and  (iv) a  convertible  promissory  note in the
principal amount of $3,000,000 due in February, 1997. Furthermore,  depending on
whether  Speech  Design  and Bogen in the  aggregate  achieve or fail to achieve
certain earnings goals during the period from July 1, 1995 to June 30, 1997, the
Company may be  obligated to make an  additional  payment to Geotek of up to $11
million in cash or Common  Stock or Geotek may be obligated to make a payment to
the Company of up to $2.5 million in cash (or at Geotek's option, a ten-year, 4%
loan in the principal amount of up to $5 million).  Based on management's review
of the earnout calculation, the anticipated contingent consideration payment, if
any,  will not have a material  effect on the Company's  financial  position and
operating  results.  Geotek also  acquired  the right to receive 70% of any cash
proceeds  received  by the  Company  upon  exercise  of the  3,660,000  Warrants
outstanding  if  exercised  by  June  30,  1997.  As a  result  of the  Business
Combination,  Geotek acquired an approximately  64% controlling  interest in the
Company.

     In May 1996, the Company and Geotek entered into the most recent  amendment
to the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  effective  January 1, 1996.  Pursuant to such
agreement, (i) the $3,000,000 convertible promissory note payable by the Company
to Geotek,  due  February  1997,  was  reduced  and  restructured  to a $500,000
non-convertible  promissory  note due July 1997,  (ii) the  earnout  formula was
revised to reflect an increase in the amount the Company  could be liable to pay
Geotek from  $11,000,000 to $13,500,000 in connection  with the reduction of the
principal  amount of the promissory note, and (iii) Geotek was granted an option
to purchase,  at any time through October 31, 1997, from the Company  $3,000,000
worth of Common Stock with  exercise  prices  ranging from 100% to 65% of market
price, depending on the date of exercise.

                                        2

<PAGE>

Bogen

     Bogen develops,  assembles and distributes  sound processing  equipment and
telecommunication   peripherals  through  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Bogen
Communications,  Inc.  ("BCI").  Since  its  founding  in 1932,  Bogen  has been
involved in the  commercial  sound  industry,  concentrating  its efforts on the
development and sale of equipment for commercial,  industrial,  professional and
institutional markets and applications.

     Traditionally, Bogen's core products (which are sold through the Engineered
Systems and Commercial Sound product lines) include: commercial audio amplifiers
and related sound and intercom systems  equipment for  professional,  industrial
and commercial system  applications,  including  background and foreground music
applications,  intercommunications and administrative communications systems for
the security and educational industry, and telephone paging.

     During   1991,   Bogen   introduced   its  first   product  in  a  line  of
telecommunications  peripherals,  the Telco product  line.  The first product in
this  line  was the MMT,  a  digital  announcer  with  automatic  microprocessor
controlled  tape  download  for  "on-hold"  applications.   During  1992,  Bogen
introduced various products in the digital telephone peripherals area, including
the Automated  Attendant and the Digital  Announcer.  These products are used in
message/music on-hold and voice mail systems.

     During 1993, Bogen began marketing to the retail and end-user markets a new
product line,  resulting in the Company's Office Automated  Systems ("OAS").  In
December  1995,  the Company's  management  decided to phase-out the OAS product
line and to concentrate on its traditional commercial and institutional customer
base. See also "Product Lines - OAS".

     Product Lines

     Telco

     Bogen's Telco products  consist of telephone  paging systems and equipment,
digital  message/music-on-hold  players, one port voice mail systems and digital
telecommunication peripherals such as auto-attendants,  digital announcers, call
buffers and others.  These  products  allow  installers to increase the value of
their telephone system offerings by providing users with enhanced efficiency and
convenience.  Management  believes  that the  Company's  latest  Telco  product,
MiniMail, introduced in late 1996, is well positioned as the most economical yet
full featured voice mail system available today.  MiniMail  delivers many of the
features  typically  associated with high-end voice mail systems,  yet is priced
competitively enough to appeal to owners of small telephone systems. MiniMail is
compatible with all leading PABX and key and hybrid key telephone systems.

     Bogen Telco net sales were  $13,122,000,  $12,169,000,  and $11,065,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Speech Design
also has a Telco line of  products,  see  "Speech  Design - Product  Line".  The
Company's  combined Telco net sales through Bogen and Speech Design  amounted to
$28,720,000,  $26,010,000 and $19,242,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Telco net sales  through  Bogen  provided  28.4%,
27.3%, and 24.1% of the Company's net sales for these respective years. Combined
Telco sales  provided  62.1%,  58.4%,  and 41.9% of the  Company's net sales for
these respective years.

                                        3

<PAGE>

     Commercial Sound

     Bogen's  Commercial  Sound product line consists of  amplifiers,  speakers,
microphones,  intercom  systems and other sound  equipment used in  non-consumer
applications, such as industrial public address systems, and background music in
offices.  This  line's  newest  product,  the  PROMATRIX  amplifier,  which  was
introduced  to  the  market  in  the  third  quarter  1996,  incorporates  three
independent  amplifier  channels in a single package.  The Company believes that
the  product's  user  interface  sets new  standards in ease of use and provides
customers with superior control over  sophisticated  background music and paging
applications. The PROMATRIX is a one-box solution for installations that usually
require a rack full of costly equipment.

     Commercial  Sound net sales for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994 were $9,315,000, $8,436,000, and $8,749,000, respectively. Commercial Sound
provided 20.1%,  19.0%, and 19.1% of the Company's net sales for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Engineered Systems

     Bogen's   Engineered   Systems   product  line  features   custom  designed
intercom/paging  systems  that  are  sold to  contractors  for  installation  in
schools.  Introduced in late 1996, this line's newest product,  MULTICOM-DCS(TM)
(Digital Communication System),  provides system users with high quality control
speaker   and   telephony   functions   through   a  single   user   interphase.
MULTICOM-DCS(TM)  provides full  integration  of the Company's  MULTICOM  paging
technology with COMDIAL PABX systems.

     Engineered  Systems net sales for the years ended  December 31, 1996,  1995
and 1994 were $6,682,000, $5,629,000, and $5,679,000,  respectively.  Engineered
Systems net sales amounted to 14.4%, 12.6%, and 12.4% of the Company's net sales
for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Office Automated Systems

     The OAS line was designed  for the small  office/home  office  environment.
FRIDAY Home Office Receptionist,  an all-digital office communications  manager,
was Bogen's  leading product in this category and was intended to serve as a hub
for phone  messages,  faxes and links to pagers  and  cellular  phones.  The OAS
product line  targeted the retail and  end-user  marketplace  in contrast to the
commercial and institutional focus for Bogen's other product lines.

     For the  years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1995 and  1994,  OAS net sales
amounted to $1,552,000, $4,444,000, and $12,252,000, respectively. OAS net sales
were  3.4%,  10.0%,  and 26.7% of the  Company's  net sales for the years  ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Due to intense  competition from (i) central voice mail services offered by
local  telephone  companies  and answering  service  companies and (ii) products
which benefited from better brand  recognition in the marketplace and which were
frequently  offered at lower  retail  prices  than the  Company's  products,  in
December 1995, the Company's  management decided to phase out Bogen's entire OAS
product line and to concentrate on its traditional  commercial and institutional
customer base.

                                        4

<PAGE>

     Sales and Marketing

     Telco

     Bogen  distributes its Telco products to  approximately 12 distributors who
operate more than  approximately 200  telecommunications  distribution  centers.
These  distributors  sell  to  hundreds  of  telecommunications   installers  or
interconnects  across North America. The major distributors are Graybar Electric
Co., Inc. ("Graybar"),  Alltel Corp. and Sprint/North Supply. In addition to its
distribution   network,   Bogen  has  a  relationship   with   approximately  25
message/music-on-hold studios that specialize in creating custom messages. These
studios sell their services along with Bogen's Telco products. Bogen also has an
original equipment manufacturer (OEM) agreement to supply AT&T with AT&T-branded
on-hold systems.

     Bogen  markets  its  Telco   products   through  a  group  of   independent
manufacturer's  representatives comprised of organizations with approximately 40
salespeople  who  sell  Bogen's  Telco  and  other  complementary   products  to
distributors and  interconnects in their territory on an exclusive basis.  These
representatives are supported by a 4-person Bogen sales and support staff.

     Commercial Sound and Engineered Systems

     Bogen  distributes  its  Commercial  Sound  products  through a network  of
approximately  2,000  distributors,  dealers and contractors,  often as complete
systems  designed to satisfy an  end-user's  specific  sound and  communications
needs. In addition,  a network of  approximately  200 major  contractors  market
Bogen's school intercom systems on a territory-exclusive basis.

     Bogen's  Commercial  Sound  products are stocked by  virtually  every major
sound master  distributor,  industrial  equipment  distributor,  and  commercial
security products distributor in North America.

     Bogen's  Commercial  Sound and  Engineered  Systems  products  are marketed
generally   through  a  field  sales   organization   and  several   independent
manufacturers  representatives  under the  direction of Bogen's  internal  sales
force.  Both the field sales group and the  representatives  are responsible for
assigned territories. The field sales personnel receive a salary and bonus based
on performance and the  representatives  are compensated on a commission  basis.
Sales  agreements  are  maintained  with  all  of  Bogen's   independent   sales
representatives  and engineered systems  contractors.  The sales  representative
agreements  typically permit the sale of Bogen products by the representative in
a specific territory assigned to one or more sales  representatives.  Similarly,
the engineered systems contractor  agreements  typically allow the contractor to
purchase and install specific product lines in a designated territory.

     The principal  users of these  products are  industrial,  professional  and
commercial  concerns  and  institutions  such  as  schools,  nursing  homes  and
correctional  facilities.  Bogen management believes that these user markets are
relatively  stable and that Bogen has developed  significant name recognition in
these markets.

     OAS

     Bogen sold its OAS products to nearly 2,000  retail  outlets,  distributors
and catalogers in North America,  including major consumer electronic retailers.
Bogen   marketed   its   OAS   products   through   independent   manufacturer's
representatives who sold Bogen's OAS and other complementary products to

                                        5

<PAGE>

distributors and retailers in their territory on an exclusive basis.

     Sales Outside the U.S.

     Although Bogen's sales are primarily in the United States, Bogen also sells
its  products  in  Canada  through  a  stocking   representative  that  has  its
headquarters in Ontario and branch offices  throughout  Canada.  Export sales to
Europe are handled through the Company's subsidiaries in Europe. Export sales to
other  foreign  countries  are  handled in the same  manner as sales  within the
United States (i.e., through distributors, dealers and contractors that purchase
the products and sell them to an established account base overseas).

     Operations

     All components and materials used in the  construction of Bogen's  products
are of standard  commercial  quality or better,  and are readily  available from
overseas  and  United  States  suppliers.   Bogen  relies  principally  upon  an
established  network of suppliers and  subcontractors  primarily  located in the
Republic of South Korea,  and to a lesser extent  Taiwan,  Israel and the United
States.  These suppliers and sub-contractors  either produce  sub-assemblies for
use in the final assembly of a finished product or produce the finished products
themselves. Products are based on Bogen designs and are built in accordance with
Bogen drawings and  specifications.  There can be no assurances that disruptions
in supplies will not occur from time to time, or that any such  disruptions will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

     Patents and Trademarks

     "Bogen" is a trademark  of the Company  which is  registered  in the United
States and in certain  foreign  countries  throughout the world.  This trademark
expires  in the  United  States  in March  2000.  Bogen has also  obtained  U.S.
trademark registration for the trade name  "Multicom2000(TM)." This trademark is
utilized in  connection  with  Engineered  Systems and expires in July 2001.  In
addition, during 1996, Bogen obtained a U.S. trademark for the tradename "Speech
Design", which will expire on December 31, 2006 and which can be renewed at that
time for an additional ten years.

     Research and Development

     Bogen's  in-house  engineering  department is responsible  for research and
development,  production  engineering  and sales  engineering.  In 1997, the R&D
Department will focus on new innovative solutions for the Telco paging market by
developing a unified messaging system incorporating  paging, voice messaging and
wireless  peripherals  into one  integrated  product.  There can be no assurance
however,  that Bogen will be able to develop such  system,  nor can there be any
assurance that it will be able to compete with similar products offered by other
manufacturers.  Research  and  development  expenditures  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were  $1,865,000,  $1,415,000,  and $1,463,000,
respectively.

     Competition and Major Customers

     Bogen's competition varies from market to market and product to product. In
areas in which it faces  competition,  Bogen  competes  on the basis of  several
different  factors,  including name recognition,  price,  innovation and product
quality.  However,  such  factors vary in relative  importance  depending on the
markets and products involved. Bogen's management has concentrated on markets in
which it believes that Bogen can obtain at least a 10% market share, be one

                                        6

<PAGE>

of the top two or three suppliers or which have  substantial  growth  potential.
Bogen's  key  strength  continues  to be  its  distribution  channels  and  name
recognition,  especially  in the  school,  background/foreground,  and  security
markets.

     Bogen's Telco  products  compete in the voice  processing  and voice paging
niches of the Telco market.

     In the voice processing  market,  Bogen's  competitors are relatively small
companies that offer basic voice mail systems up to four ports. Competition also
comes from the many telephone system  manufacturers which offer small voice mail
systems as options  to their  telephone  equipment.  The  Message-On-Hold  voice
processing market provides Bogen with three small but tough competitors, NelTech
Labs, Premier, Inc., and Mackenzie Labs.

     In the voice paging  market,  Bogen's main  competitor  is Valcom,  Inc., a
company which has been  established  in this market for several  decades.  Other
competition  comes from  several  other U.S.  companies  which have been  losing
market share over the past few years, and from several  companies  attempting to
enter the market.  Bogen has increased its share in the voice paging market from
18% to 33% in recent years.

     The  Commercial   Sound  customer  market  is   characterized   by  intense
competition,  particularly from several overseas companies,  with no one company
accounting for more than 10% of the U.S. market. Bogen's principal competitor is
TOA Electronics,  a Japanese Company ("TOA"), and University Sound, a U.S. based
manufacturer  ("University").  Bogen  also  competes  with  comparatively  small
manufacturers  that rely  mainly on  established  account  relationships.  Bogen
concentrates  on  customer  needs to design,  manufacture  and  market  tailored
packaged  solutions  for each  particular  vertical  market.  Bogen  focuses  on
durability  and  reliability as opposed to  state-of-the-art  performance in its
product design and positioning.

     Bogen's  Commercial  Sound  competition can be divided into two categories:
General Line/Master  Distributor  competitors,  and competitors at the Sound and
Systems Contractor level.

     In the distributor channel, Bogen faces full line competitors such as Paso,
Inc.,  University,  Speco, Inc. and others,  as well as specialized  competitors
such as  Atlas  Soundolier,  Inc.,  Quam  Nichols,  Inc.,  Lowell,  Inc.,  Shure
Brothers,   Inc.,  and   CTI/Astatic  who  market  and  sell  products  such  as
microphones,  speakers,  horns  and other  non-amplifier  items.  Bogen  garners
greater  than 50% market share  versus all of these  competitors  selling to the
distributor channel.

     At the  contractor  level,  Bogen faces  competition  from many sources,  a
number  of  them  overseas  companies.   Bogen's  principal  competitor  at  the
contractor level is TOA, comprising  approximately 10% of the U.S. market, which
invests  considerable effort in developing sound systems.  Bogen competes with a
number of other amplifier  manufacturers such as QSC Electronics,  none of which
has secured  more than  approximately  10% of the market.  There are a number of
comparatively  small  manufacturers  Bogen competes with, whose sales and market
share  depend  upon  established  reputation  for  quality and support and solid
relationships with their account base.

     The  Engineered  System  customer  market  is a highly  specialized  market
characterized  by low unit  volume  and high  dollar  sales.  Bogen's  principal
competition  comes from Rauland Borg Corp.,  the market leader in this area, and
Dukane Corporation, which, like Bogen, have been in the market for several years

                                        7

<PAGE>

and have well established name  recognition and distribution  channels.  Rauland
Borg Corp. is currently the acknowledged market leader.

     The OAS market is characterized  by intense  competition from central voice
mail  services  offered  by local  telephone  companies  and  answering  service
companies  and  other   competitors  with  greater  brand   recognition  in  the
marketplace  whose products are  frequently  offered at lower retail prices than
the Company's  products.  Accordingly,  in late 1995,  the Company's  management
decided to phase out Bogen's entire OAS product line.

     Graybar,  Bogen's  largest  customer,  accounted  for more  than 10% of the
Company's  gross  sales.  The loss of Graybar as a customer  is likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

     Backlog of Orders

    As of December 31, 1996, Bogen had a backlog of firm orders of approximately
$425,000,  all of which it expects to fill within 1997. As of December 31, 1995,
Bogen had a backlog of firm orders of approximately $1,090,000.

Speech Design

     Speech  Design,  located in Munich,  Germany,  develops,  manufactures  and
markets  telephone   peripheral  hardware  utilizing  digital  voice  processing
technologies.  Speech Design  products  include  voice mail  systems,  automated
attendants,  digital announcers and  message/music-on-hold  systems. Until 1992,
Speech Design was engaged primarily in selling peripheral equipment for cellular
telephones utilized in connection with an analog network. With the advent of the
European  GSM digital  standard  and the related  decline in prices of ancillary
subscriber  equipment,   Speech  Design's  management  decided  to  refocus  its
activities from the cellular market to the telephone peripherals market.

     In late 1995,  Speech Design  launched a new product  family called "Memo",
which  consists  of  stand-alone   non-PC  based  voice  mail   peripherals  for
small-to-medium PABXs. The high-end Memo-CDA model includes a CD based music and
information  on hold  system.  Memo  offers  full  integration  with most of the
popular  PABX  models  on  the  European  market.  Management  expects  Memo  to
contribute  significantly to Speech Design's strategic goal of becoming a market
leader in the rapidly growing  European voice processing  market.  Memo has been
well-accepted in the marketplace and approximately 1,500 systems were shipped in
1996, contributing approximately 23% to Speech Design's 1996 net sales.

     In  1994,   Speech  Design   launched  a  major  program  to  establish  an
international market presence.  Speech Design signed distribution contracts with
partners in ten European  countries  and gained  national  Post,  Telegraph  and
Telephone ("PTT") approval in most major markets. The Company believes that such
approval  constitutes  a major market entry  barrier to  non-European  and small
European companies.  Also on July 1, 1994, Speech Design acquired a 67% interest
in Satelco AG, a Swiss company, which is a marketer of telephone peripherals and
a  distributor  of Speech  Design's  and Bogen's  products.  In order to further
support  its  efforts  to enter the UK  market,  Speech  Design  founded a sales
subsidiary, Speech Design (UK) Ltd., in early 1996. With a staff of four, the UK
branch has had some initial  sales.  In the last quarter of 1996,  Speech Design
signed a distribution  agreement with GEC,  partially owned Siemens  subsidiary,
the second  largest  distributor  in the UK. Sales outside of Germany  increased
from 11% of total  sales in 1994 to 20% in 1995 to 24% in 1996 and are  expected
to reach 40% of total sales within the next 3 years.  There can be no assurance,
however,  that Speech  Design will  achieve  such goal and that Speech  Design's
growth outside of

                                        8

<PAGE>

Germany will continue.

     In mid-1996, a manufacturing  subsidiary,  Speech Design (Israel) Ltd., was
founded in  Israel.  It has begun to assume the  production  of certain  product
lines from Speech Design Germany,  resulting in reduced  manufacturing  cost and
tax  levels.  The Israeli  facility  has been  granted a 10-year tax  exemption,
effective January 1, 1997.

     Product Line

     Speech  Design's  products  are in the Telco line of  products  and include
voice mail, automated attendants,  digital announcers and  message/music-on-hold
systems.   Telco  net  sales   provided  by  Speech  Design  were   $15,598,000,
$13,841,000,  and  $8,177,000  for the years ended  December 31, 1996,  1995 and
1994, respectively. Speech Design Telco sales amounted to 33.7%, 31.1% and 17.8%
of the Company's net sales for these years.

     Sales and Marketing

     The general market for Speech Design's products is the under-developed, but
rapidly growing,  European voice processing market for commercial and industrial
end users. According to the Company's estimates, the current penetration of such
applications as voice mail in Europe is less than 1% of the installed  telephone
system PABX base and less than 5% of new PABX  shipments (as compared to between
20%-40% in the U.S.A.). PABXs are multiple-line business telephone systems which
are  installed  at end users'  businesses  to  facilitate  internal and external
communications.  The PABX is an  alternative  to  providing  each  employee in a
company with his or her own direct line.

     Speech  Design  markets its PABX  peripherals  to major  manufacturers  and
distributors  of PABX systems  throughout  Europe for use by mid-size  companies
consisting of approximately 20-200 employees.  The major manufacturers integrate
Speech  Design  products  with their PABXs for sale to the end-user as part of a
new system. The increased visibility of Speech Design's products had led to more
Speech Design peripherals being sold to owners of previously installed PABXs.

     Speech Design attempts to differentiate itself both from high-end suppliers
of large customized systems and suppliers of semi-professional,  price-sensitive
solutions  for the small  company  sector by providing  standard,  high-quality,
affordable and easy-to-use products for the small to mid-size PABX.

     Speech  Design sells its products  through  resellers.  In Germany,  Speech
Design's main customers are sales  organizations  of leading PABX  manufacturers
and major independent  dealers. In other European  countries,  Speech Design has
exclusive agreements with national distributors, which in Switzerland and the UK
are Speech  Design  subsidiaries,  which  market to the  reseller  base in their
respective territories. In the United States, Bogen is the exclusive distributor
of Speech Design products.

     Germany

     In Germany,  Speech  Design has  developed an effective  approach for local
distribution of voice processing  products.  Speech Design sells directly to the
regional sales offices of the leading  manufacturers of PABX equipment including
Alcatel, Siemens, Philips, Bosch Telecom and DeTeWe. Over 75% of Speech Design's
sales  are  to  these   customers   (which   percentage   corresponds  to  these
manufacturers'  approximate joint share of the PABX market). The loss of any one
of these customers is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

                                        9

<PAGE>

Speech Design has achieved  central pricing  agreements and technical as well as
commercial  endorsements  from the  headquarters  of each of the companies.  The
regional offices of these companies consist of approximately 200 locations and a
combined sales force of  approximately  3,000 people.  Speech Design's own sales
and technical team of 15  individuals  supports and motivates the regional sales
forces of the large PABX companies to actively market Speech Design's  products.
Speech Design routinely updates its data bank of all PABX sales  representatives
in Germany to help the sales team optimize communications and efficiency.

     Speech  Design  considers its sales  network in Germany,  Europe's  largest
telecommunications  market,  to be one of its most  valuable  assets and a major
market entry barrier to potential competitors.

     Outside of Germany

     Speech  Design  utilizes  exclusive  national  distributors  in  all  major
European  markets  (Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,  Italy,  The
Netherlands,  The United Kingdom,  Sweden and Switzerland).  These distributors,
other than Satelco AG, in which Speech  Design  holds  approximately  67% of the
equity,  and Speech  Design's  U.K.  subsidiary,  are  independent  resellers of
telecommunications  equipment,  who market  Speech  Design's  products  to local
manufacturers  and  distributors  of PABXs.  In the United States,  Bogen is the
designated distributor. In order to achieve the Company's planned rate of growth
in export sales,  Speech Design has employed some of the marketing  methods used
in Germany to its other markets.  There can be no assurance,  however, that such
methods will prove successful in achieving further growth in these markets.

     Operations

     Speech Design  manufactures  its products in cooperation  with a network of
German  subcontractors  and an Israeli  subcontractor that was retained in 1995.
Speech  Design  purchases  all  mechanical  and  electronic  components  for its
products and ships them for  board-level  assembly  work by its  subcontractors.
Speech  Design's  own  manufacturing  group  assembles  finished  products  from
pre-tested modules and performs final quality tests. In mid-1996,  Speech Design
(Israel) Ltd. assumed the production of certain product lines.

     Speech  Design  maintains a  computerized  order  processing  and warehouse
system and a level of product  availability that generally enables it to deliver
products  in Germany  an  average  of three  days after  receipt of an order and
within two weeks after receipt of an order for other countries.

     Patents and Trademarks

     "Speech Design" is a registered  trademark in Germany and the U.S.  Several
of Speech Design's products also have registered trademarks.

     Research and Development

     Speech  Design's  engineering  group is  responsible  for the  development,
production  engineering  and sales  engineering  of all Speech Design  products.
Research and  development  expenditures  for the years ended  December 31, 1996,
1995 and 1994 were $1,027,000, $892,000, and $536,000, respectively.

     Competition

     In Germany, Speech Design is the acknowledged market leader in the small to
mid-size PABX peripherals, with an estimated market share of 60%. Speech

                                       10

<PAGE>

Design's  main  competitor  in  Germany  is Beyer KG, a  provider  of  telephone
peripherals  primarily at the low-end of the Speech Design product range (simple
music-on-hold  units and announcers).  Speech Design's  management believes that
its new Memo  family  of voice  mail and  related  products  will  increase  its
competitive advantage in Germany.

     There is no single  dominating  company in the European market for small to
mid- size PABX peripherals.  With the exception of Octel, Northern Telecom, AT&T
and a  handful  of  other  competitors  who are  highly  focused  on the  large,
customized systems market, Speech Design's competition comes from a large number
of smaller companies offering PC-based voice mail systems.  These companies tend
to be highly focused on their national markets and generally cannot afford to be
global players due to the cost of establishing distribution channels and gaining
regulatory  approval for selling  telecommunications  products in each  country.
Some of Speech  Design's  competitors  include  Beyer KG (Germany)  and Vox S.A.
(France);  the only company  offering a non-PC-based  solution similar to Speech
Design's is VOX S.A.of France.

     Management  believes that the combination of Speech Design's  mid-size PABX
focus, broad and unique product range and Europe-wide  distribution presence may
enable Speech Design to become a leading  provider of telephone  peripherals  in
many European countries.  There can be no assurance,  however, that such results
will  occur or that the Memo  family of voice  mail and  related  products  will
increase Speech Design's competitive advantage in Germany, because this industry
is highly sensitive to general economic conditions and is characterized by rapid
technological change. Speech Design's ability to compete successfully may depend
in  substantial  measure on its  ability to develop or acquire  new or  improved
equipment,  techniques  and  products  and/or to modify and upgrade its existing
equipment, techniques and products, none of which can be assured.

Backlog of Orders

     As of  December  31,  1996,  Speech  Design had a backlog of firm orders of
approximately  $496,000, all of which it expects to fill in 1997. As of December
31, 1995, Speech Design had a backlog of firm orders of approximately $918,000.

Strategy for Growth and Expansion

     Bogen's  goal is to increase its market share in each niche market in which
it is operating.  For the 1997 fiscal year, Bogen  restructured its organization
into three separate  Business Units (each a "BU").  The Commercial Sound BU, the
Telco  Messaging  BU and the  School  Systems BU with each BU  assuming  its own
profit and loss  responsibility.  Management  believes that such  structure will
enable Bogen to focus on each of the business  segments.  Bogen plans to achieve
growth through internal innovation and possible acquisitions.

     Speech  Design  management  believes  that the growing  demand for mid-size
voice mail in the rest of Western  Europe will create  opportunities  for Speech
Design to export its product  outside of Germany.  Speech  Design will focus its
efforts on duplicating its success in Germany into other West European countries
along  with  developing  the Memo  family to fit  larger  PBXs.  There can be no
assurance,  however,  that it will be able to duplicate  its success  outside of
Germany or expand Memo's potential customer base.

Government Regulations and Industry Certifications

     The federal government regulates domestic telecommunications equipment and

                                       11

<PAGE>

related industries. The federal agency vested with primary jurisdiction over the
telecommunication industry is the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC").
Many telephone peripheral  industries,  while not directly regulated by the FCC,
are  nevertheless  substantially  affected by the enforcement of its regulations
and changes in its regulatory policy.

     The FCC has adopted  regulations  regarding  attachments  to the  telephone
networks as well as regulations imposing radio frequency emanation standards for
computing and radio equipment and many of Bogen's products require certification
by the FCC. In addition,  many of Bogen's  products also require the approval of
the Underwriter's Laboratory.  All such required certifications and/or approvals
have been obtained.  As a result of  modifications  and  improvements to Bogen's
products,  Bogen will be obligated to seek new  certifications  and/or approvals
where there is a degradation in the radio frequency emissions. Failure to obtain
such  certifications  and/or  approvals  may  preclude  Bogen from  selling  its
products  in the U.S.  Bogen  makes all  reasonable  efforts to ensure  that its
products comply with such requirements.

     To successfully access the Canadian market,  Bogen must obtain Underwriters
Laboratory  Canada  and  Canadian  Standards  Association  approvals  for all AC
powered products.

     All  Speech   Design   products   have  been   adopted  to  the   technical
(PTT-approvals) and commercial sound requirements of West European markets.

     In 1995,  Speech Design  received the ISO 9001 Quality  Certificate for its
research and development, production and customer support operations in Germany.
This certification is becoming an increasingly important  international "Quality
Mark" and  competitive  advantage.  In 1996,  the Quality  Mark was  extended to
include Speech Design's Israel and U.K. subsidiaries.

Employees

     As of  December  31,  1996,  the Company had  approximately  173  full-time
employees  engaged in its  businesses.  The Company also uses  temporary  and/or
part-time  employees,  as required.  Twenty of Bogen's  employees are subject to
collective  bargaining  agreements,   which  expire  in  mid-1997.  The  Company
considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

     The  Registrant's  principal  place of  business  is  located  at 50 Spring
Street,  Ramsey,  New Jersey.  Bogen also maintains its principal  warehouse and
executive offices at that location which is subleased from an unaffiliated third
party. The lease, which covers  approximately  70,000 square feet,  commenced on
January 1, 1987 and expires on December  31, 2000.  Annual base rental  payments
over the remainder of the lease are approximately $670,000, plus taxes and other
expenses.

     Bogen also  maintains  inventory in the State of  Washington at a warehouse
managed by one of Bogen's independent sales representatives.

     Speech  Design  leases its  facilities  in  Munich,  Germany  under  leases
expiring in 2005 and 1999. Speech Design also has subsidiaries which have leases
in Israel,  the UK and Switzerland.  Speech Design and  subsidiaries'  aggregate
annual rental payments are approximately $458,000.

     Management  of the Company  believes  that the  facilities  occupied by the
Company and its subsidiaries are adequate to meet current needs.

                                       12

<PAGE>

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is not aware of any  material  pending  or  threatened  legal
proceedings to which it is a party or of which any of its property is subject.

Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     The 1996  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  of the  Registrant  was held on
December  13, 1996 for the purpose of (i)  electing  three Class 1 Directors  to
serve until the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, (ii) adopting the Company's
1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan, and (iii) ratifying the selection of Coopers &
Lybrand, LLP as the Company's auditors.

     Set forth below are the names of the class 1 directors whose term of office
continued after the annual meeting:

                               For            Against         Abstain
                               ---            -------         -------
Dr. Leonard Lodish          3,976,634           -0-             -0-
Michael McCoy               3,976,634           -0-             -0-
David Jan Mitchell          3,976,634           -0-             -0-

     Set forth below is the  tabulation of the votes cast with  reference to the
adoption of the Company's 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan:

                               For            Against         Abstain
                               ---            -------         -------
                            4,046,335           -0-             -0-

     Set forth below is the  tabulation of the votes cast with  reference to the
ratification  of the  selection  of  Coopers  &  Lybrand,  LLP as the  Company's
auditors.

                               For            Against         Abstain
                               ---            -------         -------
                            3,921,385         131,250          1,000

                                       13

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 5. MARKET  PRICE FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY AND RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
        MATTERS

     The Registrant's  Common Stock and Warrants currently trade on the American
Stock Exchange under the symbols "BGN" and "BGNW," respectively. Between October
7, 1993 and August 21, 1995, the Registrant's  Common Stock,  Warrants and Units
were quoted on the OTC Bulletin  Board under the symbols EGAQ,  EGAQW and EGAQU,
respectively.  The Units were traded on the American  Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol  "BGNE" from August 21,  1995 until they were  de-registered  in December
1996.

     The following table sets forth the range of high and low bid prices for the
Common  Stock,  Warrants  and Units for each of the fiscal  quarters  during the
period from  January 1, 1995 through  December 31, 1996,  as reported by the OTC
Bulletin Board. The quoted prices represent "inter-dealer" prices without retail
markups,  markdowns or  commissions  and may not  necessarily  represent  actual
transactions.  Subsequent to August 21, 1995, the quotes  represent the high and
low sales prices on the American  Stock Exchange for BGN and BGNW and BGNE (from
August 21, 1995 until the Units were de-registered in December 1996).

                       January 1, 1995 to March 31, 1995

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 5 1/4                               4 3/8
Warrants                     1 1/16                                1/8
Units                        6                                   5 1/2

                       April 1, 1995 to June 30, 1995

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 5 3/16                               4 7/8
Warrants                       15/16                                1/2
Units                        7                                    6

                       July 1, 1995 to September 30, 1995*

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 5 1/2                               5
Warrants                       7/8                                 5/8
Units                        7 1/4                               5 3/4


                                       14

<PAGE>

                       October 1, 1995 to December 31, 1995

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 6                                   2 15/16
Warrants                     1 3/16                                1/4
Units                        6 3/4                               4 1/2

                       January 1, 1996 to March 31, 1996

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 4 1/2                               2 7/8
Warrants                     1                                     3/8
Units                        4                                   4

                       April 1, 1996 to June 30, 1996

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 4 13/16                             3 1/8
Warrants                     1 3/16                                7/16
Units                        5 7/8                               3 3/4

                       July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 5                                   3 3/4
Warrants                     1 3/16                                9/16
Units                        4 3/4                               4 1/4

                       October 1, 1996 to December 31, 1996

Security                     High ($)                            Low ($)
- --------                     --------                            -------
Common Stock                 4 1/4                               2 15/16
Warrants                       15/16                               1/2
Units                        5 7/8                               3 1/2


     *Securities  were  exchanged on August 21,  1995,  the date of the Business
Combination.

     The  Registrant  has not declared or paid any cash  dividends on its Common
Stock since  commencing  operations.  In  addition,  Bogen's $7 million  line of
credit with Summit Bank,  obtained the first  quarter of 1997,  prohibits  Bogen
from declaring or paying any dividends on its capital stock. The Registrant does
not anticipate

                                       15

<PAGE>

paying any dividends on the Common Stock in the  foreseeable  future and intends
to retain any earnings for possible future expansion of the Company's business.

     As of March 1, 1997, there were 25 record holders of the Common Stock.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     For accounting  purposes,  the Business  Combination was treated as a joint
acquisition of the Company by Bogen and Speech Design, companies that were under
the  common  control  of  Geotek.   The  transaction  is  considered  a  reverse
acquisition  ("Reverse  Acquisition") with Geotek as the acquiror for accounting
purposes. The selected financial data of the Company presented below reflect the
combination   of  Bogen   and   Speech   Design  in  a  manner   similar   to  a
pooling-of-interests.  Accordingly,  the selected  financial data of the Company
presented below reflects the operations of Bogen which was acquired by Geotek in
1991, and Speech Design which was acquired by Geotek in 1993.

     In 1994,  Speech  Design  acquired a 67%  interest  in Satelco  AG, and its
financial statements are consolidated with the Company's financial statements in
accordance with pooling-of-interests.

    The following  table  summarizes  certain  selected  consolidated  financial
information  for the  Company  and should be read in  conjunction  with the more
detailed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. See "Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

                      (In thousands, except per share data)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the Year 
Ended December 31,        1996      1995        1994        1993      1992(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Sales              $ 46,269   $ 44,518    $ 45,922    $ 30,072    $ 19,501
Net income (loss)      $  2,008   $ (4,543)   $   (355)   $    (37)   $   (214)
Net income (loss)
  per common share     $   0.35   $  (1.37)   $  (0.18)   $  (0.04)   $   --

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As of December 31,         1996       1995        1994        1993        1992
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Assets(2)        $ 31,386   $ 31,304    $ 32,866    $ 14,420    $  9,437
Long-term debt (net
  of current 
  maturities)          $    370   $  3,458    $  5,039    $  5,570    $  5,809


(1)  The net loss per common share for 1992 is not presented, because the Common
     Stock was not issued until 1993.  Accordingly,  such calculations  prior to
     1993 are not meaningful.

(2)  Refer  to  footnote  1G in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for a
     discussion of the "Push-Down" of goodwill to Bogen.

     The Company  did not pay a cash  dividend  on the Common  Stock  during any
period indicated.


                                       16

<PAGE>

Item 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

     The financial  statements and the following  discussion  include Bogen, the
Company's 99% owned subsidiary,  and Speech Design, its 67% owned subsidiary, as
well as the  subsidiaries  of Speech  Design,  which are Satelco,  Speech Design
(Israel) Ltd. and Speech Design (UK) Ltd. All significant  intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 1996 COMPARED TO 1995

NET SALES

     Net  sales  of  $46,269,000  for  1996  increased  4%  from  net  sales  of
$44,518,000  for  1995.  The  increase  in net  sales is  principally  due to an
increase in net sales across all product lines (other than OAS, which was phased
out in 1995) as a result of the  introduction  of new products,  increased sales
volume of the Company's products to existing and new customers,  and an increase
in the  sales  price  for  most  of the  Company's  domestic  products,  and was
partially offset by a decline in OAS sales.

     Telco net sales in 1996 amounted to $28,720,000  compared to $26,010,000 in
1995, an increase of $2,710,000 or 10%. Domestic Telco sales increased  $953,000
in 1996 or 8% over  comparable  sales in 1995.  Foreign  Telco  sales  increased
$1,757,000 in 1996 or 13% over  comparable  sales in 1995.  The increase in both
markets is  attributable  to the release of new  products  as well as  increased
volume to existing and new customers.

     Net sales of  Commercial  Sound  products  amounted to  $9,315,000 in 1996,
increased  $879,000,  or 10%,  from net sales of  $8,436,000 of such products in
1995. The increase of $879,000 is a result of an increase in the number of units
sold due to growth in the consumer  sales market and a three percent sales price
increase implemented during the first quarter of 1996.

     The  Engineered  System line of products  also had an increase in net sales
for the year ended 1996 as compared to 1995. Net sales of the Engineered  System
line increased  $1,053,000 or 19% from $5,629,000 in 1995 to $6,682,000 in 1996.
This  increase  of  $1,053,000  is  attributed  to  the   introduction   of  the
MULTICOM-DCS(TM).

    Net sales for the OAS product line for 1996 were  $1,552,000,  a decrease of
$2,892,000  from sales of $4,444,000  for 1995. The decrease in 1996 as compared
to 1995 is primarily related to the phase-out of this product line. See "-Phase-
Out of OAS Product Line."

     All of the Company's  product lines are  distributed  domestically  through
Bogen.  Telco products are  distributed  in both domestic and overseas  markets.
Overseas distributions are made through Speech Design.

GROSS PROFIT

    The Company's gross profit in 1996 was $21,265,000,  or approximately 46% of
sales, an increase of $4,085,000,  compared to $17,180,000, or approximately 39%
of sales, in 1995.

     The increase is mainly due to the following:  (i)charges of $2.2 million in
1995 to reduce certain inventory to market value; (ii)an increase in 1996 in the
sales price of most of the Company's domestic products; (iii) a reduction in the

                                       17

<PAGE>

cost of direct materials due to successful renegotiation with suppliers.

     Gross profit as a percentage of sales for all the  Company's  product lines
excluding OAS, amounted to 46% in 1996 and 44% in 1995.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

     Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") decreased in absolute
dollars  and as a  percentage  of sales in 1996 as  compared  to 1995.  SG&A was
$14,360,000  or about 31% of sales in 1996  compared  to  $15,067,000  or 34% of
sales in 1995. This decrease of $707,000 is due to the decrease in selling costs
relating to OAS sales,  which, in 1995,  included an intense  marketing  effort.
This decrease was  partially  offset by an increase in  administrative  expenses
primarily  due  to  additional  administrative  expenses  at  Speech  Design  in
connection with its expansion into Europe.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     Research and  Development  expense ("R&D") was $2,892,000 or 6% of sales in
1996, compared to $2,307,000, or 5% of sales in 1995. This represents a $585,000
increase  from 1995.  The  Company's  R&D programs  are designed to  efficiently
introduce  innovative  products in a timely  manner and  support  the  Company's
planned growth. The Company anticipates  introducing  additional products to the
Telco and Engineered System product lines.  There can be no assurance,  however,
that the Company will be able to successfully introduce additional products. The
inability  to introduce  such  additional  products may have a material  adverse
effect on the Company.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES

     Amortization  expense increased less than 1%, or $2,000 to $445,000 in 1996
from $443,000 in 1995. The increase is mainly a result of amortization  relating
to Speech Design's 1996 purchase of intangible assets.

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     Operating income in 1996 amounted to $3,568,000, a $4,205,000 increase from
operating  losses of  $637,000  in 1995.  The  increase  is due to a  $1,751,000
increase in net sales; a 7% increase in gross profit margin percentage; and a 1%
decrease in operating expenses.

INTEREST EXPENSE

     Interest  expense,  including  interest expense payable to related parties,
was $668,000 in 1996, a decrease of $538,000, as compared to $1,206,000 in 1995.
This decrease was  attributable to (i) a reduction in notes payable to Geotek in
August 1995 in connection with the Company's  acquisition of Bogen, and (ii) the
reduction and restructuring of the $3,000,000 Geotek note in 1996.

TAXES ON INCOME

     The Company incurred  approximately  $555,000 in taxes, a $707,000 decrease
from 1995.  The decrease is due to more  efficient tax planning at Speech Design
which resulted in a 14% decrease in the effective tax rate at Speech Design,  as
well as a $214,000 refund of taxes paid in 1995.

NET INCOME(LOSS)

     After deducting its minority  interest in the earnings of its  subsidiaries
of  $337,000,  the  Company's  net income for 1996  increased by  $6,551,000  to
$2,008,000 in 1996 as compared to losses of $4,543,000 in 1995.  The  $6,551,000
increase is due to the  following:  (i) a  $1,491,000  decrease  in  acquisition
costs;  (ii) a $4,205,000  increase in income from operations;  (iii) a $538,000
decrease in interest expense; and (iv) a $707,000 reduction in income taxes, and
was partially offset by a $237,000 reduction in other income.

                                       18

<PAGE>

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Primary earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 1996 were
$0.35  compared to $(1.37) for the year ended  December 31,  1995.  The weighted
average number of shares outstanding in the calculation for primary earnings per
share was 5,759,075 in 1996 as compared to 3,311,668 in 1995.

PHASE-OUT OF OAS PRODUCT LINE

     Effective  December 31, 1995 the Company's  management decided to phase-out
the OAS product line.  This decision was based on the intense  competition  that
the  Company  faced  from  local  telephone   companies  and  answering  service
companies,  both of which offer central voice mail  services.  The Company's OAS
product line  competed with  products  that were  frequently  offered at a lower
retail price than the Company's  products.  In addition,  competitors'  products
benefited from better brand  recognition in the marketplace,  which is dominated
by AT&T, Panasonic and PhoneMate.

     Net OAS sales of $1,552,000 in 1996 decreased $2,892,000 from $4,444,000 of
sales in 1995.  Gross  profit  (deficit)  of OAS  products  of  $630,000 in 1996
increased by $1,118,000  from a gross deficit of $(488,000) in 1995.  Net income
(loss) from the OAS product  line  increased by  $4,786,000  to $272,000 in 1996
from a net loss of $(4,514,000) in 1995.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 1995 COMPARED TO 1994

NET SALES

     Net  sales  of  $44,518,000  for  1995  decreased  3%  from  net  sales  of
$45,922,000 for 1994. The decrease in net sales is principally due to poor sales
in the Company's OAS product line, and to a lesser extent,  due to poor sales in
the  Commercial  Sound and  Engineered  Systems  product lines and was partially
offset by increased sales in the Telco product line.

     Telco net sales in 1995 amounted to $26,010,000  compared to $19,242,000 in
1994,  an increase in 1995 as compared to 1994 of  $6,768,000  or 35%.  Domestic
Telco sales increased  $1,105,000 in 1995 or 10% over comparable  sales in 1994.
Foreign Telco sales increased $5,664,000 in 1995 or 69% over comparable sales in
1994.  The  increase  in both  markets  is  attributable  to the  release of new
products as well as increased volume to existing and new customers.

    Net sales of  Commercial  Sound  products  amounting to  $8,436,000 in 1995,
decreased  $313,000,  or 4%, from net sales of  $8,749,000  of such  products in
1994.

     Net  sales of the  Engineered  System  line  decreased  $50,000  or 1% from
$5,679,000 in 1994 to $5,629,000 in 1995.

     Net sales for the OAS product line for 1995 were $4,444,000,  a decrease of
$7,808,000  from sales of $12,252,000 for 1994. The decrease in 1995 as compared
to 1994  is  primarily  related  to a  one-time  sale  to  AT&T  during  1994 of
approximately $5,300,000. See "-Phase-Out of OAS Product Line."

     All of the Company's  product lines are  distributed  domestically  through
Bogen.  Telco products are  distributed  in both domestic and overseas  markets.
Overseas distributions are made through Speech Design.

GROSS PROFIT

     Gross  profit  was  $17,180,000  in  1995,  or 39%  of  sales  compared  to
$16,183,000,  or 35% of sales in 1994. The increase is mainly due to a change in
product  mix, see "-Net  Sales," and was  partially  offset by the  write-off of
certain inventories, the majority of which related to the OAS product line.

                                       19

<PAGE>

     Sales from the Telco  product  line,  which has the highest gross profit of
all of the Company's  product  lines,  amounted to 58% of total sales in 1995 as
compared  to 42% of total  sales in 1994.  However,  the  Telco  product  line's
positive  contribution to gross profit was offset by a significantly lower gross
margin on OAS products,  which resulted primarily from a $1,500,000 provision in
1995 to reduce OAS inventory to its market value. See "-Phase-Out of OAS Product
Line."

     Gross profit as a percentage of sales for all the  Company's  product lines
excluding OAS, amounted to 44% in 1995 and 40% in 1994.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

     Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") increased in absolute
dollars  and as a  percentage  of sales in 1995 as  compared  to 1994.  SG&A was
$15,067,000  or about 34% of sales in 1995  compared  to  $12,555,000  or 27% of
sales in 1994. This increase of $2,512,000,  or 20% is attributable primarily to
an intensive  marketing  campaign to promote declining sales of OAS products and
increased  consulting and payroll  expense  required to facilitate the continued
growth and operations of a public company.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     Research and  Development  expense ("R&D") was $2,307,000 or 5% of sales in
1995,  compared to $1,999,000 or 4% of sales in 1994. This represents a $308,000
increase  from  1994.  Expenditures  in 1995  were made in  connection  with the
development of additional  products to the Telco and  Engineered  System product
lines.

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     Operating losses in 1995 amounted to $637,000,  a $1,842,000  decrease from
operating  income of  $1,205,000  in 1994.  The  decrease is due  primarily to a
decrease in OAS sales and  increases in R&D and OAS SG&A  expenses.  See " - Net
Sales; -Selling, General and Administrative Expenses."

TRANSACTION COSTS

     In 1995, the Company incurred $1,491,000 in non-recurring transaction costs
for legal and other professional  services in connection with the acquisition of
Bogen and Speech  Design.  A portion  of these  costs,  approximately  $740,000,
related to the issuance of the Common  Stock and  Warrants and for  professional
fees incurred in facilitating the Business Combination.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES

     Amortization  expense  increased  $19,000,  or 5% to  $443,000 in 1995 from
$424,000 in 1994.  The  increase  reflects a full year of goodwill  amortization
relating  to Speech  Design's  investment  in  Satelco  AG versus  six months of
amortization in 1994.

TAXES ON INCOME

     The  Company  incurred   approximately   $1,262,000  in  foreign  taxes,  a
$1,183,000  increase from 1994. The increase is  attributable to the utilization
of loss  carryfowards in 1994, which offset most of the taxable income from that
year.

NET INCOME(LOSS)

     After deducting its minority  interest in the earnings of its  subsidiaries
of  $184,000,  the  Company's  net loss  for 1995  increased  by  $4,188,000  to
$4,543,000 in 1995 as compared to $355,000 in 1994.  The increase in net loss is
mainly due to the lack of success of the OAS product line in the marketplace, an
increase in income taxes and the effect of  non-recurring  transaction  costs in
connection with the Business Combination.

                                       20

<PAGE>

EARNINGS PER SHARE

     Primary earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 1995 were
$(1.37)  compared to $(0.18) in the year ended  December 31, 1994.  The weighted
average number of shares outstanding in the calculation for primary earnings per
share was 3,311,668, respectively in 1995 as compared to 1,925,000, respectively
in 1994.

PHASE-OUT OF OAS PRODUCT LINE

     Effective  December 31, 1995 the Company's  management decided to phase-out
the OAS product line.  This decision was based on the intense  competition  that
the  Company  faced  from  local  telephone   companies  and  answering  service
companies,  both of which offer central voice mail  services.  The Company's OAS
product line  competed with  products  that were  frequently  offered at a lower
retail price than the Company's  products.  In addition,  competitors'  products
benefited from better brand  recognition in the marketplace,  which is dominated
by AT&T, Panasonic and PhoneMate.

     Net OAS sales of $4,444,000 in 1995 decreased  $7,808,000 from $12,252,000
of sales in 1994,  principally  due to a one-time  sale to AT&T  during  1994 of
approximately  $5,300,000.  Losses on sales of OAS  products of $488,000 in 1995
decreased by $3,309,000  from a gross profit of $2,821,000 in 1994. The decrease
in gross profit is attributable to a decrease in sales volume and a provision to
reduce certain OAS inventory to its market value.  OAS research and  development
expenditures decreased by 40% to $487,000 in 1995 from $815,000 in 1994, because
the Company  focused its R&D efforts on other  product  lines during 1995.  SG&A
expenses attributable to OAS of $3,539,000 in 1995 increased 20% from $2,958,000
in 1994 due to an intensive marketing program that the Company instituted during
1995 to improve lagging sales results.  Due to the above factors, the operations
of the OAS  product  line  resulted  in a net loss of  $4,514,000  in  1995,  an
increase of 374% from the net loss of $952,000 in 1994.

LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

     During 1996,  the Company  focused on long term growth.  Accordingly,  cash
utilization focused primarily on operations,  investments in equipment and other
fixed assets and the pay down of debt.

     There was a net decrease in the Company's  cash and cash  equivalents  from
$1,276,000 at the end of 1995 to $885,000 at the end of 1996.

     The  Company's  operating  activities  generated  $1,262,000  of cash.  The
Company's net income of $2,008,000 was reduced by non-cash  adjustments  for the
following  items:   (i)  depreciation  and  amortization  of  $1,423,000;   (ii)
reductions in reserves for accounts  receivable  and inventory  obsolescence  of
$1,362,000;  and (iii) loss from minority interest of consolidated  subsidiaries
of $337,000.  Additionally,  inventory decreased by $2,269,000, accounts payable
decreased by  $1,040,000,  accounts  receivable  increased by $1,703,000 and net
changes in other operating assets and liabilities amounted to $670,000.

     Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $1,101,000.  During 1996,
the  Company  purchased  equipment  and other  fixed  assets of  $1,017,000  and
intangibles of $102,000. Other investing activities provided $18,000 in cash.

     Net cash used in financing  activities  amounted to  $773,000.  The Company
paid down  $502,000  of notes  payable,  of which  $341,000  was paid to related
parties.  Net borrowings of $23,000 were made under revolving credit agreements.
In  addition,  Speech  Design  made a  $294,000  distribution  to  its  minority
shareholders.

                                       21

<PAGE>

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company's total  liabilities were $13,810,000,
of which  $12,312,000  was due and payable  within one year.  Such  indebtedness
included loans from third parties and loans and advances from Geotek.

     Bogen had a $10,000,000  asset based revolving credit line which would have
expired in August 1997. In the first quarter of 1997, BCI obtained,  from Summit
Bank, a new $7,000,000 revolving credit line for a period of two years. This new
line  is  collateralized  by the  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  general
intangibles of BCI. This line is guaranteed by the Company. This new line, which
meets  Bogen's  needs,  is lower than the previous  line  thereby  substantially
decreasing the associated fees to be paid on an annual basis. In addition, Bogen
has an established  working  capital line of credit with Geotek in the aggregate
amount of $2,000,000.  At December 31, 1996, Bogen had no borrowings outstanding
under the working capital line with Geotek.

     Speech  Design has credit lines and overdraft  facilities of  approximately
$4,300,000.  At December 31, 1996 borrowing and  availability  under these lines
amounted  to  $3,300,000   and   $1,000,000,   respectively.   These  lines  are
collateralized by all of Speech Design's accounts receivable and inventory.

     The Company believes that it has adequate  liquidity to finance its ongoing
activities  and  capital  expenditures  for the near term but may be required to
seek additional  capital in the event it wishes to expand its operations through
acquisitions or otherwise.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB) issued
Statement 128, Earnings per Share, effective for financial statements issued for
periods ending after December 15, 1997. This statement establishes standards for
computing and presenting  earnings per share  ("EPS"),  and replaces the current
presentation  of primary EPS with basic EPS, which excludes the effect of common
stock  equivalents.  The  Company  will  adopt  this  standard  in 1997,  and is
presently analyzing the impact of this new standard on its financial  statements
and related disclosures.

INFLATION

     Inflation did not have a material  effect on the Company's  results  during
the periods discussed.

CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS

     Approximately  one-third of the Company's  revenues are derived  outside of
the United States,  mostly in Germany.  Accordingly,  currency  fluctuations may
impact the Company's  earnings.  Over the course of 1996, the Deutsche Mark fell
steadily  against the U.S. dollar.  As a result,  the earnings for Speech Design
and the Company are lower when translated into U.S.  dollars.  Local  currencies
are  considered  to  be  the  functional  currencies  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries. Translation adjustments that arise from translation of the Company
and  its  subsidiaries'  financial  statements  are  accumulated  in a  separate
component of shareholder's equity.  Transaction gains and losses that arise from
exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a currency other than local
currencies are included in income as incurred.

                                       22

<PAGE>

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial Information

     The Company's consolidated  operations are considered one segment,  engaged
in the development and  manufacturing  of  communication  and  telecommunication
products in the United States  (Bogen) and Germany  (Speech  Design).  Financial
information  regarding  the  breakdown  of the  Company's  foreign and  domestic
operations is disclosed in footnote 13 to the Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

                                       23

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                          Pages
                                                                          -----
Financial Statements:

 Report of Independent Accountants                                         F-1

 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995              F-2

 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994                                        F-4

 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Stock Subject
   to Possible Redemption and Stockholders' Equity for the years
   ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994                                  F-5

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994                                        F-7

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                F-9

                                       24

<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
 of Bogen Communications International, Inc.:


We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  financial
statement schedules of BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
(formerly  European Gateway  Acquisition  Corp.) (the "Company")  listed in Item
14(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. These financial  statements and financial  statement
schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial  statements and financial  statement
schedules based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material   respects,   the   consolidated   financial   position  of  Bogen
Communications International,  Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and
1995,  and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended  December 31, 1996 in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  In addition,  in our opinion,  the  financial
statement  schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects,
the information required to be included therein.

                                                        COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

March 7, 1997
New York, New York


                                       F-1

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 and 1995
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

ASSETS
                                                     1996             1995
                                                   -------           -------
CURRENT ASSETS:                               
                                              
Cash and cash equivalents                            $885           $  1,276
                                              
Accounts receivable (less allowance           
 for doubtful accounts of $470                
 and $424 at December 31, 1996 and            
 1995, respectively)                                6,517              4,992

Inventory, net                                      6,519              7,598

Prepaid expenses and other current            
 assets                                               780                366
                                                   ------            -------
     TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                          14,701             14,232
                                              
Property and equipment, net                         2,130              2,191

Goodwill and intangible assets, net                14,308             14,706

Other assets                                          247                175
                                                  -------            -------
      TOTAL ASSETS                                $31,386            $31,304
                                                  =======            =======

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-2

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 and 1995
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

LIABILITIES
                                                             1996        1995
                                                           -------      -------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Amounts outstanding under revolving credit
 agreements                                                 $4,828       $4,944
Accounts payable                                             3,707        2,861
Accrued expenses                                             3,026        3,610
Income taxes payable                                            -         1,353
Advances and notes payable to related parties                  746          537
Current maturities of notes payable to
 non-related parties                                             5          174
                                                           -------      -------

    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                               12,312       13,479

Advances and notes payable to related parties                  361        3,458
Notes payable to non-related parties                             8           -
Other long term liabilities                                    536          674
Minority interest                                              593          550
                                                           -------      -------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES                                         13,810       18,161
                                                           -------      -------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred stock - $.001 par value; 1,000,000 shares
 authorized; none issued and outstanding at
 December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively                       -            -
Common stock - $.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares
 authorized; 5,758,850 and 5,759,350 shares issued
 and outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
 respectively.                                                   6            6
Additional paid-in capital                                  21,774       19,175
Accumulated deficit                                         (4,177)      (6,185)
Currency translation adjustments                               (27)         147
                                                           -------      -------
     TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                             17,576       13,143
                                                           -------      -------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            $31,386      $31,304
                                                           =======      =======

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                             1996           1995         1994
                                           -------        -------       ------

Net sales                                $  46,269      $  44,518     $  45,922

Cost of goods sold                          25,004         27,338        29,739
                                         ---------      ---------     ---------
 Gross profit                               21,265         17,180        16,183

Operating expenses:
 Research and development                    2,892          2,307         1,999
 Selling, general and administrative        14,360         15,067        12,555
 Amortization of goodwill and
  intangible assets                            445            443           424
                                         ---------      ---------     ---------
  Income (loss) from operations              3,568           (637)        1,205

Other (income) expenses:
  Other (income)                                -            (237)          (39)
  Interest expense, net                        596            587           498
  Interest expense - related parties            72            619           696
  Transaction costs                             -           1,491            -
  Minority interest of consolidated
   subsidiaries                                337            184           326
                                         ---------      ---------     ---------
Income(loss) before provision
  for income taxes                           2,563         (3,281)         (276)
                                        
Provision for income taxes                     555          1,262            79
                                         ---------      ---------     ---------
Net Income (loss)                           $2,008        $(4,543)        $(355)
                                         =========      =========     =========
Net Income (loss) per common share:     
Net Income (loss)                          $  0.35       $  (1.37)      $ (0.18)
                                         =========      =========     =========
Weighted average number of common       
shares outstanding                       5,759,075      3,311,668     1,925,000
                                         =========      =========     =========
                                       
              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-4

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO
                  POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         COMMON STOCK      COMMON STOCK     
                                          SUBJECT TO       ------------       ADDITIONAL                   CURRENCY
                                           POSSIBLE     NUMBER OF              PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   TRANSLATION
                                          REDEMPTION     SHARES      AMT       CAPITAL       DEFICIT     ADJUSTMENTS
                                          ----------     ------      ---       -------       -------     -----------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>     
Balance at December 31, 1994              $   1,575    1,615,155   $      2   $  12,638    $  (2,428)     $     37
                                                                                                       
Recapitalization by foreign subsidiary         --           --         --          (967)         967          --
Accretion of redemption value                                                                          
 of common stock                                 52         --         --           (52)        --            --
Reclass of common stock subject to                                                                     
 redemption to common stock                                                                            
 upon the Company's acquisition                                                                        
 of Bogen and Speech Design                  (1,627)     309,845       --         1,627         --            --
Forgiveness of Bogen inter-                                                                            
 company debt by Geotek                        --           --         --         7,155         --            --
Issuance of common stock and other                                                                     
 adjustments to effect combination                                                                     
 of Bogen and Speech Design                    --      3,701,919          4      (1,966)        --            --
Issuance of common stock and warrants                                                                  
 to purchase 60,000 shares of                                                                          
 common stock for services provided                                                                    
 to facilitate the acquisition of                                                                      
 Bogen and Speech Design                       --        132,431       --           740         --            --
Dividend paid by subsidiary to minority                                                                
    shareholders                               --           --         --          --           (181)         --
Translation adjustments                        --           --         --          --           --             110
Net loss                                       --           --         --          --         (4,543)        --     
                                          ---------    ---------   --------   ---------    ---------      --------
Balance at December 31, 1995              $    --      5,759,350   $      6   $  19,175    $  (6,185)     $    147

</TABLE>
              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-5

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO
                  POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK          COMMON STOCK
                                       SUBJECT TO           ------------           ADDITIONAL                 CURRENCY
                                        POSSIBLE       NUMBER OF                    PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED  TRANSLATION
                                       REDEMPTION       SHARES          AMT         CAPITAL      DEFICIT     ADJUSTMENTS
                                       ----------       ------          ---         -------      -------     ----------

<S>                                  <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>      
Restructuring of $3,000 related
  party note with related interest          --            --              --          2,602         --           --
Repurchased and canceled common                                                                           
  stock                                     --            (500)           --             (3)        --           --
Translation adjustments                     --            --              --           --           --           (174)
Net Income                                  --            --              --           --          2,008         --
                                     -----------     ---------      ----------     --------     --------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1996         $      --       5,758,850      $        6     $ 21,774     $ (4,177)    $    (27)
                                     ===========     =========      ==========     ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-6

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
                            (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1996        1995      1994
                                                                   ----        ----      ----
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>     
  Net income (loss)                                              $ 2,008    $(4,543)   $  (355)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)to net
  cash provided by(used in)operating activities:
     Non-cash transaction costs                                     --          740       --
     Depreciation and amortization                                   978        868        574
     Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets                  445        443        424
     Provisions for doubtful accounts and
       inventory obsolescence                                     (1,362)     1,344      1,281
     Minority interest                                               337        184        326
   Change in operating assets and liabilities 
       (net of effects from acquisitions):
     Accounts receivable                                          (1,703)       984       (405)
     Inventories                                                   2,269        (49)    (2,914)
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                      (532)       200       (230)
     Payables and accrued expenses                                (1,040)     1,901        412
     Other                                                          (138)      --          145
                                                                 -------    -------    -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                1,262      2,072       (742)
                                                                 -------    -------    -------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of equipment                                           (1,017)    (1,035)      (892)
  Acquisition of Satelco                                            --         --         (392)
  Cash obtained in the acquisition of
   Speech Design and Bogen                                          --        8,149       --
  Proceeds on the sale of property, plant and
   equipment                                                           3       --         --
  Acquisition of investments and intangibles                        (102)       (60)      --
  Collection of notes receivable                                      15         37         38
                                                                 -------    -------    -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES               (1,101)     7,091     (1,246)
                                                                 -------    -------    -------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Amounts(paid to) non-related parties, net                         (161)      (688)      (509)
  Amounts borrowed (paid) under revolving credit
     agreements, net                                                  23       (691)     1,875
  Dividend paid to Geotek related to combination
     of Bogen and Speech Design                                     --       (7,000)      --
  Dividend paid by subsidiary to minority shareholders              (294)      (181)      --
  Amounts borrowed from (paid to) related parties, net              (341)       415        552
  Cash overdraft receipts                                           --         --          118
                                                                 -------    -------    -------
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
      FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                          (773)    (8,145)     2,036
                                                                 -------    -------    -------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                         (612)     1,018         48
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR                     1,276        148         87
Effects of Exchange Rate on Cash                                     221        110         13
                                                                 -------    -------    -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                         $   885    $ 1,276    $   148
                                                                 =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-7

<PAGE>

            BOGEN COMMUNCATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

 
                                                  1996      1995       1994
                                                  ----      ----       ----
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

  Cash paid for interest                       $   609   $   829    $   654
  Cash paid for income taxes                     2,175         4          6

Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

  Restructuring of $3,000 debt by Geotek
    treated as equity contribution               2,602      --         --

  Forgiveness of Bogen debt by
    Geotek treated as an equity
    contribution                                  --       7,155       --

  Goodwill pushed down from parent                --        --       14,252

  Adjustments to combine companies                --       1,966       --

  Notes payable to Geotek in
    consideration for acquiring
    Bogen and Speech Design                       --       3,000       --

  Common stock issued to Geotek in
    consideration for acquiring Bogen
    and Speech Design                             --           4       --

  Common  stock and warrants issued as
    consideration for certain services
    provided to the Company in connection
    with the acquisition of Bogen and
    Speech Design                                 --         740       --

Assets acquired (net of cash):
  Prepaid assets                                  --           8       --
  Intangible assets                               --          34       --

Liabilities assumed:
  Accrued expenses                                --         160       --
  Note payable to non-related party               --         115       --
  Advances from Geotek                            --          33       --
                                               -------   -------    -------

  Net liabilities assumed                      $  --     $  (266)   $  --
                                               =======   =======    =======

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-8
<PAGE>

(All Footnote information is in thousands of dollars, except share amounts)

1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A.   Principles of Consolidation

     The   consolidated    financial    statements   of   Bogen   Communications
     International,  Inc.,  formerly  European  Gateway  Acquisition  Corp. (the
     "Company"), include the accounts of Bogen Corporation ("Bogen") and Bogen's
     wholly owned subsidiary,  Bogen  Communications,  Inc. ("BCI"),  as well as
     Speech Design GmbH ("Speech Design"),  its 67%-owned subsidiary Satelco AG,
     and its wholly owned subsidiaries,  Speech Design (Israel), Ltd. And Speech
     Design (UK), Ltd. All significant  intercompany  balances and  transactions
     have been eliminated in consolidation.  Certain 1995 and 1994 balances have
     been reclassified to conform with the 1996 presentation.

B.   Nature of Operations

     The  Company's   operations  are  conducted  in  one  segment   engaged  in
     developing,  manufacturing, and marketing sound and communication products.
     Product lines sold by the company are as follows:

          Telephone  Products ("Telco"), Commercial Audio Products, ("Commercial
          Sound"), and Intercom/Paging Equipment, ("Engineered Systems")

C.   Use of Estimates

     The  preparation of  consolidated  financial  statements in conformity with
     generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
     estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of  revenues  and
     expenses  during the reporting  periods.  Actual  results could differ from
     those estimates.

D.   Basis of Presentation

     On  August  21,  1995,  the  Company  acquired  a  99%  interest  in  Bogen
     Corporation  ("Bogen")  and a 67% interest in Speech  Design GmbH  ("Speech
     Design")  from Geotek  Communications,  Inc.  ("Geotek").  The Company paid
     Geotek  $7,000 in cash,  a  convertible  promissory  note in the  aggregate
     principal amount of $3,000,  3,700,000 shares of the Company's common stock
     and warrants to acquire 200,000 shares of common stock of the Company. As a
     result,  Geotek  acquired  approximately  64% of the stock of the  Company,
     thereby  giving  it a  controlling  interest  in the  Company.  Geotek,  in
     addition,  contributed  approximately  $7,155 of intercompany  indebtedness
     from Bogen to equity as part of the  transaction.  Further,  as  contingent
     consideration,  the  Company  could be liable to pay Geotek an amount up to
     $11,000,  based upon a calculation of operating results of Bogen and Speech
     Design during the two years after the  acquisition.  Based on  management's
     review of the earnout  calculation,  which takes into account Speech Design
     and Bogen's  operating  results for the last two  quarters of 1995,  all of
     1996 and the  first  two  quarters  of  1997,  the  anticipated  contingent
     consideration  payment,  if any,  will not have a  material  effect  on the
     Company's financial position and operating results.

     In May 1996, the Company and Geotek entered into the most recent  amendment
     to the Stock Purchase Agreement effective January 1, 1996. Pursuant to such
     agreement,  (i) the  $3,000  convertible  promissory  note  payable  by the
     Company to Geotek,  due February  1997, was reduced and  restructured  to a
     $500 non-convertible promissory

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                       F-9
<PAGE>

     note due July 1997,  (ii) the  earnout  formula  was  revised to reflect an
     increase  in the amount  the  Company  could be liable to pay  Geotek  from
     $11,000 to $13,500 in connection with the reduction of the principal amount
     of the promissory note, and (iii) Geotek was granted an option to purchase,
     at any time  through  October 31,  1997,  from the Company  $3,000 worth of
     Common Stock with exercise prices ranging from 100% to 65% of market price,
     depending on the date of exercise.

     For  accounting  purposes,  the  acquisition  is being  treated  as a joint
     acquisition of the Company by Bogen and Speech Design,  companies under the
     common  control  of  Geotek.   The  transaction  is  considered  a  reverse
     acquisition  with  Geotek as the  acquiror  for  accounting  purposes.  The
     historical financial statements reflect the combination of Bogen and Speech
     Design in a manner  similar to a pooling  of  interests.  Accordingly,  the
     historical  financial  statements reflect the combined  operations of Bogen
     and Speech Design prior to the transaction.

E.   Transaction Costs

     The Company  incurred  transaction  costs of $1,491 in connection  with the
     acquisition  of  Bogen  and  Speech  Design  which  have  been  charged  to
     non-operating  expenses for the year ended  December 31, 1995.  These costs
     consist of non-recurring  legal and other professional fees and other costs
     of the transaction  amounting to $751 and a non-cash charge of $740 for the
     estimated  fair value of 132,400  shares of common stock of the Company and
     warrants to purchase  60,000 shares of the Company's  common stock at $5.25
     per share,  for  services  provided  to the  Company  by various  unrelated
     parties in connection with facilitating the acquisition of Bogen and Speech
     Design.

F.   Revenue Recognition

     Sales, net of expected returns, are recognized upon shipment.

G.   Goodwill

     Goodwill  represents  the  excess of cost over the fair value of net assets
     acquired.  Goodwill  also  includes  the  effect  of  push-down  accounting
     described  below,  by which  Bogen  recorded  in its  financial  statements
     Geotek's goodwill associated with its purchase of Bogen.  Goodwill is being
     amortized using the straight-line method over 40 years at Bogen and over 20
     years  at  Speech   Design.   The  Company   periodically   evaluates   the
     recoverability  of goodwill and measures any  impairment  by  comparison to
     estimated undiscounted cash flows from future operations.

H.   Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash includes cash on-hand and all highly-liquid debt instruments purchased
     with original maturities of three months or less.

I.   Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
     market.  Reserves are established  for valuation  purposes or determined by
     management on a periodic basis, as required by conditions of obsolescence.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

J.   Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment is recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is provided on a
     straight-line  basis over the  estimated  useful  lives of the asset  which
     generally  ranges  from  three to ten  years.  Leasehold  improvements  are
     amortized  ratably over their remaining  lease terms,  or estimated  useful
     lives, if shorter.

     Expenditures  for  maintenance,  repairs  and  renewals  of minor items are
     charged to  operations as incurred.  Major  renewals and  improvements  are
     capitalized.   Upon   disposition,   the  cost  and   related   accumulated
     depreciation is removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is
     reflected in operations for the period.

K.   Income Taxes

     The Company follows  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 109,
     "Accounting  for Income Taxes" (FAS 109). FAS 109 is an asset and liability
     approach  that  requires  the   recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and
     liabilities  for the expected  future tax  consequences of events that have
     been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns.

L.   Net Income (Loss) Per Share

     Net income  (loss) per common  share is  computed  by  dividing  net income
     (loss) by the weighted  average number of shares of common stock and common
     stock equivalents outstanding during the year, (unless anti-dilutive).

M.   Credit Risk

     The  Company  develops,  produces,  markets  and  sells  commercial  audio,
     electronic,    paging,    communications    and   other    equipment    and
     telecommunications   peripherals.  The  Company  performs  on-going  credit
     evaluations of its customers.  The accounts  receivable  resulting from its
     sales transactions  generally are not collateralized.  The Company provides
     reserves for potential losses from these receivables.

N.   Translation of Foreign Currencies

     Foreign  denominated  assets and  liabilities of the Company are translated
     from local  currencies into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at
     the end of the period.  Revenues  and expenses  are  translated  at average
     exchange  rates  prevailing   during  the  period.   Local  currencies  are
     considered  to  be  the  functional  currencies  of  the  Company  and  its
     subsidiaries.  Translation  adjustments  that arise from translation of the
     Company and its  subsidiaries'  financial  statements are  accumulated in a
     separate  component of shareholder's  equity.  Transaction gains and losses
     that arise from  exchange  rate changes on  transactions  denominated  in a
     currency other than local currencies are included in income as incurred.

O.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The recorded amount of cash, cash equivalents,  notes payable and advances,
     approximates  fair value due to the short term  maturities  of these assets
     and liabilities.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

P.   Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB) issued
     Statement  128,  Earnings  per Share,  effective  for periods  ending after
     December 15, 1997. This statement  establishes  standards for computing and
     presenting   earnings   per  share   ("EPS"),   and  replaces  the  current
     presentation  of primary EPS with basic EPS,  which  excludes the effect of
     common stock equivalents. The Company will adopt this standard in 1997, and
     is presently  analyzing  the impact of this new  standard on its  financial
     statements and related disclosures.

2.   Inventory

     Inventory,  at the lower of cost  (first in,  first  out) or market,  as of
     December 31, 1996 and 1995, is as follows:

                                                   1996                1995
                                                 -------             ------
     Raw materials and supplies                   $1,525              $1,864
     Work in progress                                701               1,155
     Finished goods                                4,293               4,579
                                                   -----               -----
                  TOTAL                           $6,519              $7,598
                                                  ======              ======

     The  inventory  balances are net of a reserve for  inventory  valuation and
     obsolescence   of  $1,126  and  $2,552  at  December  31,  1996  and  1995,
     respectively.

3.   Property and Equipment

     Property  and  equipment  at December 31, 1996 and 1995 is comprised of the
     following items:

                                                   1996            1995
                                                 -------          ------
     Machinery, equipment and tooling            $ 3,581          $ 3,363
     Furniture and office equipment                1,774            1,485
     Leasehold improvements                          694              600
                                                 -------          -------
                                                   6,049            5,448
     Less: accumulated depreciation
           and amortization, net of
              disposals                           (3,919)          (3,257)
                                                 -------          -------
                                                 $ 2,130          $ 2,191
                                                 =======          =======

     Depreciation and  amortization  expense was  approximately  $978, $868, and
     $574 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

4.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets

     Goodwill and intangible  assets  consist of the following,  at December 31,
     1996 and 1995:

                                                    1996             1995
                                                  -------          ------

     Goodwill                                     $16,295          $16,345
     Other intangibles                                220              123
                                                  -------         --------
     Total intangibles                             16,515           16,468

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

     Less: accumulated amortization                (2,207)          (1,762)
                                                  -------          -------

                                                  $14,308          $14,706
                                                  =======          =======

     As explained  above in Note 1D, the  acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design
     was  accounted  for as a reverse  acquisition  by Geotek.  No goodwill  was
     recorded in connection with this transaction.

     In January 1994 Geotek  acquired a greater than 95% interest in Bogen,  and
     pursuant to the rules of push-down accounting, the acquisition gave rise to
     a new basis of accounting and the goodwill related to Geotek's  acquisition
     was "pushed-down" to the financial statements of Bogen. Accordingly,  Bogen
     recorded  net  goodwill  in the amount of  $14,300 in the first  quarter of
     1994.  The  goodwill is being  amortized  over its then  remaining  life of
     approximately  38 years.  The related  amortization  expense for the pushed
     down goodwill was approximately  $378 for the year ended December 31, 1996,
     and $376 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.

     Goodwill in the amount of $685  represents the excess of cost over the fair
     value of net assets acquired by Speech Design related to the acquisition of
     its 67% owned  subsidiary  Satelco.  This Goodwill is being amortized using
     the straight-line method over 20 years.

     Amortization  of goodwill and other  intangibles  was  approximately  $445,
     $443,  and $424 for the  years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1995 and 1994,
     respectively.

5.   Revolving Credit Agreements

     In  August  1995,  Bogen  Communications,  Inc.  ("BCI"),  a  wholly  owned
     subsidiary of Bogen,  extended a $10,000 domestic  revolving senior line of
     credit for a two year term expiring August 1997. The line is collateralized
     by  substantially  all the  assets of Bogen and is  guaranteed  by  Geotek.
     Advances bear  interest at the rate of 2% to 2.75% over the lender's  prime
     rate. At December 31, 1996, the lender's prime rate was 8.25%.  Advances to
     Bogen were made based on a percentage of accounts receivable and inventory.

     As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, Bogen had short term domestic  borrowings
     outstanding  under the line of credit of $1,545 and  $3,670,  respectively.
     The amounts available under the credit line, based upon accounts receivable
     and  inventory,  were  $2,126  and $437 at  December  31,  1996  and  1995,
     respectively.  Under the terms of the line of credit,  Bogen cannot,  among
     other  actions,  declare  or  pay  any  dividends,  return  capital  to its
     stockholders or redeem or repurchase any of its outstanding  capital stock.
     Net  assets of Bogen  restricted  under this  agreement  were  $16,655  and
     $14,910 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     In the first quarter of 1997,  BCI obtained a new  revolving  senior credit
     line for a period of two years.  The new credit line has a maximum  line of
     borrowing  of $7,000  and bears an  annual  interest  rate of .75% over the
     lenders prime rate, and replaces Bogen's previous line of $10,000 which had
     an annual  interest rate of 2.5% over the lender's  prime rate.  The senior
     loan  is  collaterized  by  all  of  the  accounts  receivable,  inventory,
     property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  general  intangibles  of BCI and is
     guaranteed  by the  Company.  Under the terms of this line of  credit,  BCI
     cannot,  among other actions,  declare or pay dividends,  return capital to
     its  stockholders  or redeem or repurchase any of its  outstanding  capital
     stock.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

     In August 1995, in connection  with the Company's  acquisition of Bogen and
     Speech Design,  Geotek also agreed to provide Bogen with a working  capital
     line of credit for two years in the aggregate  principal  amount of $2,000.
     Amounts  drawn under the line bear  interest at 1% per annum above the rate
     Bogen pays for its then largest credit  facility.  There were no borrowings
     under this facility at December 31, 1996 or 1995.

     At December 31, 1996 and 1995, Speech Design had short term lines of credit
     and overdraft  facilities  of $4,344,  and $3,453,  respectively,  of which
     short term  borrowings  amounted  to $3,283 and $1,274,  respectively.  The
     amounts  available  under  these  credit  lines  were  $1,061 and $2,179 at
     December  31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively,  with rates tied to  short-term
     bank notes and Euromarket loans. Speech Design's short term lines of credit
     are  collaterized  by  all  of  Speech  Design's  accounts  receivable  and
     inventory.  At December 31, 1996  interest  rates on these short term lines
     ranged from 4.4% to 6.3%.

     Total  outstanding  revolving  lines of credit are summarized as follows at
     December 31, 1996 and 1995:

                                                      1996             1995
                                                      ----             ----
     Domestic Lines of Credit Utilized              $1,545           $3,670
     Foreign Lines of Credit Utilized:
       Speech Design                                 2,805              627
       Satelco                                         478              647
                                                    ------           ------

                                                    $4,828           $4,944
                                                    ======           ======

6.   Long-Term Debt

     A: ADVANCES and NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

     Advances and notes payable to related parties at December 31, 1996 and 1995
     consist of the following:

                                                             1996         1995
                                                           --------      ------

     Advances from Geotek                                    $152        $  138
     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate + 1%)                -           133
     Notes Payable - Geotek (at Swiss prime rate
           + 1%)                                                -           266
     Loan from Speech Design Shareholder (at
           German discount rate + 2%)                         129             -
     Loan from Related Party (at Zurich Kantonal
           Bank rate)                                         232           317
     Notes Payable - Geotek (at 13%)                          594         3,141
                                                           ------        ------

                    Total                                   1,107         3,995
     Less: Current Maturities                                (746)         (537)
                                                           ------        ------
                                                             $361        $3,458
                                                           ======        ======

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

     Advances from Geotek

     Advances from Geotek consist of net  non-interest  bearing advances made to
     Bogen.

     Notes Payable - Geotek (at prime rate + 1%)

     This note  payable to Geotek  from  Speech  Design is payable in  quarterly
     installments of $33 plus interest at the prime rate plus 1%.

     Notes Payable - Geotek

     This note  payable to Geotek is from  Satelco,  a 67% owned  subsidiary  of
     Speech Design, and is payable in quarterly installments of $87 beginning in
     September,  1995 plus  annual  payments of interest at the Swiss prime rate
     plus 1%.

     Loan from Speech Design Shareholders

     This note  payable  to Speech  Design's  minority  shareholders  matures on
     December  31,  1999,  at which date it can be renewed or called in at three
     months notice. Interest is paid in quarterly installments and is charged at
     2% over the German discount rate.

     Loan from Related Party

     This $315  original  note from the  minority  shareholders  of  Satelco  is
     payable  in  quarterly  installments  of $31 plus  interest  at the  Zurich
     Kantonal Bank rate with installments beginning February, 1995. The payments
     of this note have been  suspended  (with the  approval  of the  noteholder)
     until such time as the Satelco subsidiary becomes profitable.  Accordingly,
     this note payable has been classified as long-term.

     Notes Payable (by the Company) to Geotek

     This note  payable to Geotek from the  Company was  incurred at the date of
     acquisition  for  $3,000  plus  interest  payable  quarterly  in arrears at
     varying rates equal to the Company's highest borrowing rate plus 2%. In May
     1996, the $3,000 note plus accrued  interest was reduced and  restructured,
     retroactive to January 1, 1996, to a $500  non-convertible  promissory note
     due July 1997.

     B: NOTES PAYABLE TO NON-RELATED PARTIES

     Notes payable to non-related  parties at December 31, 1996 and 1995 consist
     of the following:

                                                         1996             1995
                                                       -------          ------
     Various Notes Payable (at prime rate)             $    -          $   60
     Notes Payable (with imputed interest at 9%)            -              37
     Notes Payable (at 12% interest rate)                   -              12
     Notes Payable to Bank (at Libor
       plus 2.5% interest)                                  13             -
     Notes Payable to Bank (at 8.5% interest rate)          -              65
                                                          ----          ------
               Total                                        13             174
     Less: Current Maturities                               (5)           (174)
                                                        ------          ------
                                                        $    8          $   -
                                                        ======          ======

     Various Notes Payable (at prime rate)

     Payable in monthly installments of $12 plus interest at the prime rate.

     Notes Payable (with imputed interest at 9%)

     Payable in annual installments of $150 including imputed interest at 9%.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

     Notes Payable (at 12% interest rate)

     Payable in monthly installments of $4 plus interest at 12%.

     Notes Payable to Bank (at Libor plus 2.5%)

     Payable in monthly installments of $.4 plus interest at the Libor rate plus
     2.5%.

     Notes Payable to Bank (at 8.5% interest rate)

     Payable by Speech Design in quarterly installments plus interest at 8.5%.


     Principal  maturities  of  long-term  debt  over the next  five  years  and
     thereafter are as follows:

                                         Related
                                         Parties    Other       Total
                                         -------    -----       -----
      1997                               $  746     $    5     $  751
      1998                                 --            8          8
      1999                                  129       --          129
      2000                                 --         --         --
      2001                                 --         --         --
      Thereafter                            232       --          232
                                         ------     ------     ------           
                                         $1,107     $   13     $1,120
                                         ======     ======     ======
                                                           
7.   Income Taxes

     The  Company's  pre-tax  book  income is as  follows  for the  years  ended
     December 31, 1996 and 1995:

                                                     1996               1995
                                                     ----               ----
     Domestic U.S. Operations                       $1,322           $(4,886)
     Foreign Operations                              1,241             1,605
                                                    ------            ------
              Total                                 $2,563           $(3,281)
                                                    ======           =======

     The  components  of income tax  expense  are as follows for the years ended
     December 31, 1996 and 1995:

                                                     1996               1995
                                                     ----               ----
     Current Income Tax
              (Foreign Only)                        $  555            $1,262
     Deferred Income Tax                               -                  -
                                                    ------             -----
              Total Income Tax Expense              $  555            $1,262
                                                    ======            ======

     The difference  between the provision for income taxes computed at the U.S.
     federal statutory rate and the provision as reported are as follows:

                                                      1996            1995
                                                      ----            ----

     Provision at U.S. Statutory Rate                $ 871         $(1,116)
     Non-deductible Expenses                           338             785
     Change in Valuation Allowance                    (793)            998
     German Taxes                                      162             604

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

     Other                                              (23)            (9)
                                                       ----         ------
             Tax Provision as Reported                 $555         $1,262
                                                       ====         ======

     The Company has net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carryforwards  for U.S.  tax
     purposes of  approximately  $7,847 as of December  31,  1996,  which expire
     between the years 2004  through  2010.  Under  Section 382 of the  Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  the net operating loss carryforwards are
     subject  to certain  limitations  on their  utilization  as a result of the
     changes in control of the Company in 1991 and 1995.

     The  components of deferred tax assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995,  were
     as follows:

                                                       1996            1995
                                                       ----            ----
     Deferred Tax Assets:
     NOL Carryforwards                               $2,808          $2,601
     Deferred Rent                                      191             251
     Inventory Items                                    592           1,185
     Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                    157             163
     Accrued Liabilities                                196             470
     Property, Plant & Equipment                        137             103
     Other                                               56              58
                                                      -----           -----
              TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS              $4,137          $4,831
     Less, Valuation Allowance                       (4,137)         (4,831)
                                                    -------          ------
              NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS                 $   0          $   0
                                                    =======          =====

     In  accordance  with SFAS No. 109, the Company has  established a valuation
     allowance  of $4,137 and $4,831 for the years ended  December  31, 1996 and
     1995,  respectively.  The valuation  allowance was  established  due to the
     uncertainty of the  realization  of the deferred tax assets.  A significant
     portion  of the  deferred  tax  assets  which are  currently  subject  to a
     valuation allowance may be allocated to reduce goodwill or other noncurrent
     intangible  assets when  subsequently  recognized due to the application of
     SFAS No. 109 and purchase accounting.


8.   Commitments and Contingencies

     Operating Leases

     The Company  occupies its plant and office  facilities and operates certain
     equipment under leases expiring at various dates through 2005. The facility
     lease contains an escalation  clause and provides for payments of taxes and
     expenses  over base rent.  The  facility  lease  also  contains a five year
     renewal option.

     The  minimum  annual  rental  commitments  over the next five  years  under
     operating leases are as follows:

   
              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                  Year Ending    
                  December 31,
                  ------------
                     1997                    $ 1,351
                     1998                      1,307
                     1999                      1,214
                     2000                      1,043
                     2001                        368
                  Thereafter                     975
                                              ------
                                              $6,258
                                              ======

     Bogen's  facility  lease  includes  scheduled rent increases over the lease
     term.  Rent  expense  has been  recorded on a  straight-line  basis and the
     related  deferred rent obligation of $478 and $597 at December 31, 1996 and
     1995, respectively, is classified as a long-term liability.

     Rent expense charged to operations totaled  approximately  $1,151,  $1,055,
     and  $779  for  the  years  ended   December  31,  1996,   1995  and  1994,
     respectively.

     Employment and Consulting Agreements

     Compensation of Directors

     Directors,  other  than  non-employee  directors  who  are  members  of the
     Executive  Committee of the Board,  receive no  compensation  for acting as
     directors to the Company. During 1996, Messrs. Rosenfeld and Stern received
     $50,000 each as members of the Company's Executive Committee.

     Employment Contracts

     In January 1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement with Mr. Zvi Peled
     generally  setting  forth the terms and  provisions  of his  employment  as
     President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Mr. Peled joined the
     Company in such capacity in March 1996. Mr. Peled's base salary is $150,000
     per  annum  and he is  entitled  to a  minimum  annual  bonus  of  $50,000,
     contingent upon the satisfaction of performance criteria established by the
     Company's  Board of Directors  and Mr. Peled at the start of each year.  In
     addition,  the Company  agreed to grant Mr. Peled stock options to purchase
     175,000  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock,  at the following  prices:
     75,000 shares at an exercise price of $5.00 per share,  75,000 shares at an
     exercise  price of $7.50 per share,  and 25,000 shares at an exercise price
     of $10.00 per share.  Such options will vest in equal  installments  over a
     five year period.  In addition,  the Company provides Mr. Peled with $2,000
     per month towards home rental payments, as well as a car. Effective January
     1, 1997, and in lieu of participating  in the Company's  401(k)  Retirement
     Savings Plan and the Company's life and  disability  insurance  plans,  Mr.
     Peled  receives an  additional  $2,300 per month,  which  amount is applied
     towards  Mr.  Peled's  personal  benefits  program.  In the event  that Mr.
     Peled's  employment is terminated without cause, Mr. Peled will continue to
     receive his salary and benefits until he obtains a replacement  position or
     for six months,  whichever is sooner. Pursuant to the employment agreement,
     Mr. Peled was provided with a $10,000 relocation allowance.

     The Company  also has a written  agreement  with Mr.  Yoav M. Cohen,  dated
     August 1, 1996,  generally  setting  forth the terms and  provisions of his
     employment as Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  Mr. Cohen joined the
     Company in such capacity on July 31, 1996.  Mr.  Cohen's annual base salary
     is  $110,000  and he may  receive an annual  bonus equal to 1 - 1.5% of the
     profits of the Company  during the relevant  fiscal  year.  Pursuant to the
     employment agreement,  the Company agreed to grant Mr. Cohen stock options,
     in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Company's

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

     1996  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan,  to  purchase  50,000  shares  of the
     Company's Common Stock. Mr. Cohen also participates in the Company's 401(k)
     Retirement  Savings Plan,  health and dental plans, and disability and life
     insurance  plans and is provided with Life Insurance with an annual premium
     of up to $3,000 annually. In addition, Mr. Cohen is provided with a Company
     car,  insured by the  Company.  In the event that Mr.  Cohen is  terminated
     without cause, he is entitled to a severance  package  pursuant to which he
     would  continue to receive his base  salary and  related  benefits  for six
     months.

     Mr.  Menashe  Ben-David  is employed  by the Company  pursuant to a written
     agreement with Geotek,  dated June 7, 1991, which has no definite term. The
     agreement  provides  for Mr.  Ben-David to receive a base salary of $75,000
     per year,  subject to periodic  review and  increase by Geotek.  Geotek has
     also agreed to provide life and health  insurance to Mr.  Ben-David as well
     as an  automobile.  Mr.  Ben-David  also  received a total of 50,000  stock
     options to purchase shares of common stock of Geotek. Geotek is entitled to
     terminate  the  employment  agreement  at any time upon  thirty  days prior
     written notice;  provided,  however,  that Geotek continues to pay Mr. Ben-
     David his base  salary for a period of six months from  termination  of the
     agreement,  unless  Mr.  Ben-David  is  terminated  as a result of  certain
     conditions.  Mr.  Ben-David  has agreed not to  compete  with  Geotek for a
     period of two years after his  employment  is  terminated.  The Company has
     assumed all of Geotek's obligations under this agreement.

     Mr. Kasimir  Arciszewski is employed by Speech Design pursuant to a written
     agreement  dated February 9, 1993 which has no definite term. The agreement
     provides  for Mr.  Arciszewski  to  receive  a base  salary  of DM  180,000
     ($119,682 as of December 31,  1996),  subject to review and increase by the
     parties at the end of each calendar year. In addition,  Mr.  Arciszewski is
     entitled to annual bonuses based on Speech Design's pre-tax profits. Speech
     Design has agreed to provide Social Security and health insurance  benefits
     to Mr.  Arciszewski  and  agreed  to  furnish  an  automobile  to him.  Mr.
     Arciszewski has agreed not to compete with Speech Design during the term of
     the agreement and for one year  thereafter  and Speech Design has agreed to
     compensate  Mr.   Arciszewski  during  this   noncompetition   period.  Mr.
     Arciszewski has agreed not to disclose any of Speech  Design's  business or
     trade secrets.

     Commitments

     At December 31, 1996, the Company had  commitments to purchase  merchandise
     from foreign vendors of $627 under  documentary  letters of credit and $394
     under other sight documents.  Pursuant to the sale of Aryt Optronics,  Ltd.
     by Geotek in 1992, the Company  obtained  certain  benefits and concessions
     from Reshef Technologies,  Ltd.  ("Reshef"),  formerly a related company to
     Bogen.  Such  concessions  and  benefits  would be lost by the  Company  if
     certain  target  purchases  from Reshef were not met.  Purchases made under
     this  agreement   complied  with  the  target  purchase   requirements  and
     approximated  $3,612,  and  $6,284  in 1995  and  1994,  respectively.  The
     concessions and benefits from Reshef expired on December 31, 1995.

     Litigation

     The  Company  is not aware of any  material  pending  or  threatened  legal
     proceedings  to  which it is a party or of  which  any of its  property  is
     subject.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

9.   Stockholder's Equity

     Common Stock and Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

     The following  discussion  summarizes the incorporation of the Company, the
     capitalization,  and the requirements and privileges of the shareholders in
     the periods  preceding the  consummation  of the  acquisition  of Bogen and
     Speech Design on August 21, 1995.

     The Company was  incorporated in Delaware on May 6, 1993 with the objective
     of  acquiring  a  medium-sized  operating  business  engaged in  industrial
     manufacturing or industrial services and located in Germany, Switzerland or
     Austria (a "Business  Combination").  The Company's  founding directors and
     advisors purchased 500,000 common shares, $.001 par value, for five hundred
     dollars during the three month period after incorporation. On September 30,
     1993,  125,000  shares  were  returned  to  the  Company  by  the  founding
     shareholders and was retroactively reflected in the financial statements as
     a net issuance of 375,000 shares.

     On October 15,  1993,  the Company  sold  1,550,000  units  ("Units") in an
     initial public offering  ("Offering") of the Company's  common stock.  Each
     unit consisted of one share of the Company's common stock, $.001 par value,
     and two  Redeemable  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants  ("Warrants").  Each
     Warrant  entitled the holder to purchase,  during the period  commencing on
     the later of the consummation by the Company of its Business Combination or
     one year from the  effective  date of the  Offering  and ending seven years
     from the effective  date of Offering,  from the Company one share of common
     stock at an exercise price of $5.50. The Warrants are redeemable at a price
     of $.01 per Warrant upon 30 days notice at any time, only in the event that
     the last sale price of the common stock is at least $10.00 per share for 20
     consecutive  trading  days  ending  on the third day prior to date on which
     notice of redemption is given.  The proceeds of the offering were deposited
     in a Trust  Fund to  fund a  Business  Combination  or  liquidation  of the
     Company.

     The  Company,   after  signing  a  definitive   agreement  for  a  Business
     Combination,  submitted such transaction for shareholder  approval.  In the
     event that 20% or more of the  shareholders  excluding,  for this  purpose,
     those  persons  who were  shareholders  prior to the  Offering,  had  voted
     against the Business  Combination,  the Business Combination would not have
     been  consummated.  For the first Business  Combination  consummated by the
     Company, all of the Company's shareholders prior to the Offering, including
     all of the  officers,  directors  and  advisors  of the  Company  ("Initial
     Shareholders")  agreed to vote their shares of common  stock in  accordance
     with the vote of the majority in interest of all other  shareholders of the
     Company ("Public  Shareholders") with respect to any Business  Combination.
     After  consummation  of the Company's  first  Business  Combination,  these
     voting safeguards were no longer applicable.

     When the Business  Combination  was approved  and  consummated,  any Public
     Shareholder  who had voted  against  the  Business  Combination  could have
     demanded that the Company redeem his shares. The per share redemption price
     equaled  the  amount  in  the  Trust  Fund,  as  of  the  record  date  for
     determination of shareholders entitled to vote on the Business Combination,
     divided by the number of shares held by Public  Shareholders.  Accordingly,
     Public Shareholders  holding 19.99% of the aggregate number of shares owned
     by all Public Shareholders could have had their shares redeemed at the time
     of the Business Combination. The Company classified the value

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

     of this redemption as common stock, subject to possible redemption,  on its
     balance  sheet  at  December  31,  1994  prior to the  consummation  of the
     Business  Combination.  Such Public  Shareholders  were entitled to receive
     their per share  interest  in the Trust  Fund  computed  without  regard to
     shares held by Initial Shareholders. On August 21, 1995, in connection with
     the  Company's   acquisition  of  Bogen  and  Speech  Design,  the  Company
     reclassified  the common  stock  subject to possible  redemption  to common
     stock. No shares of stock were redeemed as discussed above.

     The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  had provided for  mandatory
     liquidation of the Company, without shareholder approval, in the event that
     the Company did not consummate a Business Combination.

     Warrants

     In June  1993,  300,000  Warrants  were  issued to various  individuals  in
     consideration for providing the Company bridge financing until its offering
     in October  1993.  As  referred  to above,  the  Company  issued  3,100,000
     Warrants to purchase its common stock in connection with the Offering.

     Warrants to purchase  200,000  shares of common stock were issued to Geotek
     in August  1995 in  connection  with the  acquisition  of Bogen and  Speech
     Design.  Another 60,000 Warrants were issued as consideration for providing
     certain  financings and services  provided to the Company to facilitate the
     Business  Combination.  At  December  31,  1996,  3,660,000  Warrants  were
     outstanding.

     Options

     In 1996,  the Company  adopted the 1996  Incentive  Stock  Option Plan (the
     "1996 Plan")  pursuant to which an  aggregate  of  1,253,335  shares of the
     Company's Common Stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the plan. The
     1996 Plan can award stock options to eligible  employees of the Company and
     its subsidiaries  (including employee directors),  non-employee  directors,
     and independent  contractors  and consultants who perform  services for the
     Company.  The options vest over a period of five years and are  exercisable
     at prices  determined  on a case by case basis.  The Company will apply the
     intrinsic value based method permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standard No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation."  During 1996,
     there were no options  granted,  exercised  or  exercisable  under the 1996
     Plan.

     In 1994,  Bogen adopted an Employee  Stock Option Plan (the "Bogen  Plan").
     Under the Bogen Plan,  an aggregate  of  3,000,000  shares may be issued to
     members of its Board of  Directors,  designated  officers and employees and
     independent  contractors  or  consultants  who  perform  services  for  the
     Company.  No  option  granted  under the Bogen  Plan is  intended  to be an
     incentive  stock  option  within  the  meaning  of  section  442A(b) of the
     Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986  for  income  tax  purposes.  During  1994,
     1,400,000 options were granted under the Bogen Plan at a price of $1.14 per
     share which  approximated  fair value.  These  options vest over a five (5)
     year period.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

     All options  granted under the Bogen Plan were  outstanding at December 31,
     1996,  1995,  and 1994.  In 1997,  the  Company  intends  to cancel all the
     options granted under the Bogen Plan and grant certain  participants  under
     the Bogen Plan one option for a share of Common Stock of the Company  under
     the 1996 Plan in exchange for every three options  granted to a participant
     in the Bogen Plan.  Options for an  aggregate  of 253,335  shares of Common
     Stock will be  granted  under the 1996 Plan to former  participants  of the
     Bogen Plan.

     Push-Down of Goodwill

     Pursuant to  Accounting  Principles  Board No. 16  "Business  Combinations"
     ("APB 16"), the accumulated deficit of Bogen was required to be restated on
     the date of applying  push-down  accounting  (see Note 1G,  Goodwill).  The
     restated  accumulated  deficit  includes  Geotek's  recorded  equity in the
     income and losses of Bogen since its original  acquisition and all goodwill
     amortization  recorded  by Geotek  relating  to the  acquisition  of Bogen.
     Therefore,  a reclassification  of $8,524 was made from accumulated deficit
     to additional paid-in capital in January 1994.

     Preferred Stock

     The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with
     such  designations,  voting  and other  rights  and  preferences  as may be
     determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     Common Stock

     At  December  31,  1996 and 1995,  3,960,000  shares of common  stock  were
     reserved for issuance upon exercise of redeemable warrants.

10.  Related Party Transactions

     In 1995, the Company issued 132,431 shares of its common stock for services
     received in connection with the acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design.  Of
     these  shares,  19,565 were issued to a member of the Board of Directors of
     Geotek.

     During 1995, in conjunction with the acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design
     Geotek forgave  $7,155 in long-term debt due Geotek,  which was recorded as
     an increase in additional paid-in capital. As part of this acquisition, the
     Company issued $3,000 in convertible  promissory  notes to Geotek which was
     reduced and restructured to a $500 non-convertible promissory note due July
     1997 (see Note 1D "Basis of Presentation").

11.  Economic Dependency

     During the years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1995 and 1994,  the  Company
     purchased audio components of approximately  $12,072,  $8,853, and $14,016,
     respectively,  from three suppliers located in the Republic of South Korea.
     Any future  inability of any of these suppliers to provide the Company with
     a  sufficient  level  of  components  may  have a  negative  impact  on the
     Company's operations.

     Sales to one customer approximated $4,506 and $4,400 and accounted for more
     than 10% of the Company's net sales in 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Sales
     to a different customer approximated $7,100 and accounted for more than 10%
     of the Company's net sales in 1994.

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                        consolidated financial statements

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

     Twenty of Bogen's employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements
     which expire in mid-1997.

12.  Employee Benefit Plans

     Bogen  participates in  multi-employer  pension plans which cover all union
     employees.  Contributions for the periods ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
     1994 were approximately $17, $15, and $18, respectively.

     Employees  of the Company are also  eligible  to  participate  in a defined
     contribution  401(K)  plan  sponsored  by Geotek.  The  Company  provides a
     matching  contribution  to a portion  of funds  contributed  by  employees.
     Amounts  charged to expense  were $83,  $82,  and $108 for the years  ended
     December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

13.  Segments

     The Company's  operations are conducted in one segment in the United States
     (Bogen)  and Germany  (Speech  Design).  Information  about the Company for
     1996, 1995, and 1994 has been presented geographically as follows:

                                      1996               1995             1994
                                     ------            -------          ------
     Geographic Segments:
             Revenues:
             United States           $30,671           $30,677          $37,745
             Foreign                  15,598            13,841            8,177
                                     -------           -------          -------
                                     $46,269           $44,518          $45,922
                                     =======           =======          =======
     Operating income (loss):
             United States           $ 1,862           $(2,405)         $   (18)
             Foreign                   1,706             1,768            1,223
                                     -------           -------          -------
     Income (loss) from operations   $ 3,568           $  (637)         $ 1,205
                                     =======           ========         =======
     Identifiable assets:
             United States           $23,604           $24,425          $27,467
             Foreign                   7,782             6,879            5,399
                                     -------           -------          -------
                                     $31,386           $31,304          $32,866
                                     =======           =======          =======

14.  Fourth Quarter Adjustments

     Certain adjustments and provisions  amounting to $1,500,  primarily related
     to inventory  valuations  for the OAS product  line,  were  recorded in the
     fourth quarter of 1995.


                                      F-23

<PAGE>

Item 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         N/A    

                                       24

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The  directors,   executive  officers  and  significant  employees  of  the
Registrant are as follows:

Name                      Age          Position
- ----                      ---          --------
Yoram Bibring             39           Director
Yaron Eitan               40           Director and Chairman of the Board of 
                                           Directors
Dr. Leonard Lodish        53           Director
Michael McCoy             43           Director
David Jan Mitchell        35           Director
Yoav Stern                43           Director
Zvi Peled                 47           President and Chief Executive Officer
Yoav M. Cohen             39           Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Kasimir Arciszewski       45           Co-Founder and Co-Managing Director of
                                           Speech Design
Hans Meiler               49           Co-Founder and Co-Managing Director of
                                           Speech Design

     The members of the Board of Directors of the  Registrant  (the "Board") are
divided  into  two  classes  and  serve  for a term  of two  years  until  their
successors are duly elected and qualified. Officers serve for a term of one year
until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

     Based solely upon a review of the Forms 3 and 4 furnished to the Registrant
during  its  most  recent  fiscal  year,   and  Forms  5  and  related   written
representations  furnished to the Company with respect to its most recent fiscal
year,  the Company knows of no director,  officer,  or beneficial  owner of more
than ten percent  (10%) of its Common Stock who failed to file on a timely basis
reports required by Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, during the most recent fiscal year.

     Yoram  Bibring,  age 39, has served as a director of the  Registrant  since
1995.  Mr.  Bibring  is  President  and  Chief   Executive   Officer  of  Geotek
International Networks,  Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Geotek. Mr. Bibring,
was Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Operating  Officer of Geotek from June
1993 to March 1996,  Chief  Financial  Officer of Geotek from  February  1990 to
September  1995 and Vice  President  of Aryt  Optronics  Industries,  Ltd.  from
December 1990 to April 1991.

     Yaron Eitan,  age 40, has served as Chairman of the Board and a director of
the Registrant  since 1995. Mr. Eitan was Chairman of the Board of Bogen and its
subsidiary,  BCI, from April 1991 to August 1995.  Since October 1996, Mr. Eitan
has been  Chairman of the Board of Geotek.  From March 1989 until  October 1996,
Mr. Eitan was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Geotek. Since
1992, Mr. Eitan also serves as a director and Chief  Executive  Officer of Power
Spectrum,  Inc., and was Chairman of the Board from  1992-1995,  and since 1993,
Mr.  Eitan also serves as Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of
National  Band Three  Limited,  each of which is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Geotek.  Mr.  Eitan also serves as a director of GMSI,  Inc.,  a majority  owned
subsidiary of Geotek.

     Dr.  Leonard  Lodish,  age 53, has served as a director  of the  Registrant
since 1995.  Dr.  Lodish is the Samuel R.  Harrell  Professor  in the  Marketing
Department of The Wharton

                                       25

<PAGE>

School,  University of Pennsylvania  where he has held academic  positions since
1968. Dr. Lodish is a Director of Information Resources, Inc., Chicago, Illinois
(since 1985),  Franklin  Electronic  Publishers,  Inc.,  Burlington,  New Jersey
(since 1987), J&J Snack Foods, Inc., Pennsauken,  New Jersey (since 1993), Walsh
International,  New York (since  1996) and is a former  director of Geotek.  Dr.
Lodish has a Ph.D. in Marketing and Operations Research from M.I.T.

     Michael  McCoy,  age 43, has served as a director of the  Registrant  since
1995.  Since  February  1997,  Mr. McCoy serves as President and CEO of Geotek's
U.S. operations.  Since September 1995, Mr. McCoy had been Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of Geotek. From November 1994 to September 1995, Mr.
McCoy was Vice President of the Northeast Region of Geotek.  From September 1992
to November 1994, Mr. McCoy was President of Greenlake Associates,  Inc., a high
technology  consulting  company.  From November 1988 through September 1992, Mr.
McCoy was a member of the Office of the  Chairman  and Senior Vice  President of
Business  Development  for LCI  International,  Inc.,  a  facilities  based long
distance telecommunications company.

     David Jan  Mitchell,  age 35, has served as a  director  of the  Registrant
since 1995.  Since 1991, Mr.  Mitchell has been President of Mitchell & Company,
Ltd., a New York-based merchant banking company that he founded and, since March
1992, a partner of Petherton Capital  Corporation,  a privately held real estate
investment  company.  From April  1988 to  December  1990,  Mr.  Mitchell  was a
management  principal and a director of Rodman & Renshaw,  Inc., a publicly held
investment  banking and  brokerage  firm.  Mr.  Mitchell is a director of Holmes
Protection Group, a security alarm system company and Kellstrom Industries, Inc.
("Kellstrom"),  a distributor of jet engine parts.  Mr.  Mitchell also serves as
director of several private  companies,  including  Madah-Com,  an Israeli-based
technology  company,  and First Home, a company that develops and markets houses
to first-time  homeowners.  Mr.  Mitchell also serves as President of Americash,
LLC, a national  network of  Automated  Teller  Machines in non-bank  locations.
During the last ten years, Mr. Mitchell has served as an officer and/or director
of several not-for-profit universities and foundations.

     Yoav Stern,  age 43, has served as a director of the Registrant since 1995.
From March 1995 to August 1995, Mr. Stern, along with Joram Rosenfeld, served as
Co-Chief  Executive  Officer and  Co-President of the Registrant.  Mr. Stern has
been a  managing  partner  of Helix  since  August  1995.  Mr.  Stern  served as
Co-Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer of  Kellstrom  from its  inception in
December  1993 until June 1995 and has  served as Co-  Chairman  of the Board of
Kellstrom  since then.  From  January  1993 to  September  1993,  Mr.  Stern was
President  and,  from  January  1992  until May 1995,  a  director  of  WordStar
International,  Inc.  (now  SoftKey  International,  Inc.),  which is engaged in
research and  development and worldwide  marketing and  distribution of software
for business and consumer  applications.  From April 1989 to December  1992, Mr.
Stern was Vice President of Business Development of Elron Electronic  Industries
Ltd., a multinational  public holding company based in Israel that is engaged in
operating and investing in high technology companies.

     Zvi Peled, age 47, has been President and CEO of the Registrant since March
1996. From 1994 through  February 1996, Mr. Peled was General Manager of Telenet
Group, a Division of Elbit, Ltd.  ("Elbit"),  Haifa,  Israel. Mr. Peled was also
President and CEO of Fibronics,  a subsidiary of Elbit, as well as a director of
Polish  Communications  Company,  a company  also owned by Elbit.  Mr. Peled was
employed by Elbit from 1977 to March 1996.

     Yoav M. Cohen, age 39, is the Chief Financial  Officer and Secretary of the
Registrant.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cohen was Chief Financial Officer
of Target Capital Group LLC ("Target"), Garden City, N.Y., and Managing Director
of FEMI International  Limited,  a subsidiary of Target.  From 1993 to 1994, Mr.
Cohen was Corporate Vice

                                       26
<PAGE>

President,  Chief Financial Officer and Management  Information Systems Director
of Taro Pharmaceuticals Ltd. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Cohen was Vice President and
Controller of Global  Investment  Bank at Bankers Trust Company and from 1985 to
1990,   Mr.   Cohen   was   Assistant   Vice   President   and   Controller   of
CitiCorp/Citibank.

     Kasimir Arciszewski,  age 45, is the Co-Founder and Co-Managing Director of
Speech Design since 1983. Mr.  Arciszewski is  responsible  for Speech  Design's
strategic  planning,  sales and  financial  activities.  Mr.  Arciszewski  is an
outside director of Docunet AG, a privately-held German company.

     Hans Meiler,  age 49, is the Co-Founder and Co-Managing  Director of Speech
Design since 1983. Mr. Meiler is  responsible  for Speech  Design's  operational
matters, including subcontracting, manufacturing and quality assurance.

Recent Events

     Joram Rosenfeld, who served as a director of the Registrant since 1995 and,
along with Mr. Stern,  was Co-Chief  Executive  Officer and  Co-President of the
Registrant for the period of March 1995 to August 1995,  passed away on February
19, 1997.  Mr.  Rosenfeld was a member of the Executive  Committee of the Board.
The  members of the Board have not yet elected a  successor  to Mr.  Rosenfeld's
seat on the Board and its committee.

Committees and Meetings of the Board of Directors

     During 1996,  the Board held three  meetings.  Messrs.  Bibring,  Eitan and
Mitchell attended each of the meetings.  Messrs. McCoy and Stern attended two of
the three meetings and Dr. Lodish attended one of the three meetings.  The Board
has an Executive Committee and an Audit Committee,  but does not have a standing
nominating committee.

Executive Committee

     The  Executive  Committee of the Board was  established  in August 1995 and
currently consists of Messrs. Bibring, Eitan and Stern. A vacancy now exists due
to the death of Joram  Rosenfeld.  The Executive  Committee is authorized by the
entire Board to exercise all of the authority of the Board in the  management of
the  Registrant  between  Board  meetings,  unless  otherwise  provided  in  the
Registrant's by-laws. The Executive Committee also functions as the Registrant's
Compensation/Stock  Option  Committee  and, in that  capacity,  administers  the
Registrant's  1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan and provides general oversight in
all employee  personnel matters through periodic meetings with management of the
Company.

Audit Committee

     The  Audit  Committee  of the  Board was  established  in  August  1995 and
currently consists of Messrs.  McCoy,  Lodish and Mitchell.  The Audit Committee
provides general financial  oversight in financial reporting and the adequacy of
the Registrant's  internal  controls through periodic meetings with Registrant's
management and its external auditors.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  the annual and
long-term  compensation  for services in all capacities to the Company for 1996,
1995 and 1994, of

                                       27

<PAGE>

those persons who were during 1996 (i) the Chief Executive  Officer and (ii) the
other four most highly compensated executive officers of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Annual Compensation                    Long-Term Compensation
                                               ----------------------------------------------    ---------------------------
                                                                                   Other         Securities        All Other
Name and                         Fiscal                                           Annual         Underlying       Compensation
Principal Position(1)           Year(1)        Salary($)       Bonus($)       Compensation($)    Options(#)           ($)
- ---------------------           -------        ---------       --------       ---------------    ----------        ---------
<S>                               <C>          <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>  
Zvi Peled                         1996         124,038         60,000            21,820(11)           --            3,750
President and Chief               1995            --             --                 --                --              --
Executive Officer                 1994            --             --                 --                --              --
                                                                             
Yoav M. Cohen                     1996          44,000         13,000               461(10)           --            2,462(6)
Chief Financial Officer           1995            --             --                 --                --              --
& Secretary                       1994            --             --                 --                --              --
                                                                             
Menashe Ben-David (2)             1996          98,000         30,000            18,658(9)            --            1,970(6)
Chief Operating Officer           1995          98,000          5,000            24,066(4)            --            5,635(5)
and Executive VP of               1994          95,115         10,654(3)         25,280(7)        200,000**         5,876(8)
Operations of Bogen                                                          

Kasimir Arciszewski               1996         119,682        128,971                   *             --              --
Co-Founder and Co-                1995         125,820        163,565                   *             --              --
Managing Director of              1994         110,880        180,432                   *             --              --
Speech Design                                                                                    
                                                                                                 
Hans Meiler                       1996         119,682        128.971                   *             --              --
Co-Founder and Co-                1995         125,820        163,565                   *             --              --
Managing Director of              1994         110,880        180,432                   *             --              --
Speech Design                                                                                      
                                                                                                   
</TABLE>
                                                                               
                                                                               
*    Did not receive  prerequisites or other personal benefits,  securities,  or
     property  having an aggregate value of greater than the lower of $50,000 or
     10% of the total salary and bonus reported for such executive officer.

**   Securities underlying options to purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock of
     Bogen. In 1997 the Registrant  intends to convert such options into options
     to acquire 66,667 shares of Common Stock of the  Registrant.  The shares of
     Common Stock of Bogen have no readily ascertainable market value.

(1)  Prior to April 6, 1995, the Registrant was a Specified Purpose  Acquisition
     Company,  which did not engage in any substantive commercial business other
     than evaluating  prospective  companies for acquisition.  During this time,
     Messrs.  Rosenfeld  and  Stern  were the  Registrant's  Co-Chief  Executive
     Officers and did not receive any material compensation from the Company for
     such  services.  Accordingly,  in order to provide  meaningful  comparative
     information,  this table presumes that the Business Combination occurred as
     of January 1, 1994 and sets forth the relevant compensation information, as
     paid by Bogen or Speech  Design,  as the case may be, with  respect to each
     executive officer from said date.

(2)  Mr.  Ben-David was the Acting  President and Chief  Executive  Officer from
     November

                                       28
<PAGE>

     1995 to March 1996. Mr. Ben-David is currently the Executive Vice President
     of Bogen Communications, Inc.

(3)  $5,654 of this bonus  consists of  compensation  paid to Mr.  Ben-David for
     unused vacation days accrued in 1995.

(4)  Includes a housing expense allowance of $19,097.

(5)  Consists  of $3,866 in  contributions  by  Geotek to  Geotek's  401 plan on
     behalf of Mr. Ben-David and $1,787 in disability insurance premiums paid by
     the Company on behalf of Mr. Ben-David.

(6)  Includes  disability and/or life insurance  premiums paid by the Company on
     behalf of the employees.

(7)  Includes a housing expense allowance of $20,320.

(8)  Represents $4,168 in contributions by Geotek to Geotek's 401 plan on behalf
     of Mr.  Ben-David and $1,708 in disability  insurance  premiums paid by the
     Company on behalf of Mr. Ben-David.

(9)  Includes a housing expense allowance of $17,628.

(10) Includes car allowance.

(11) Includes a housing  expense  allowance  of $20,000,  and car  allowance  of
     $1,820.

Option/SAR Grants in 1996

     At the Annual Meeting of Stockholders  of the Registrant,  held on December
13, 1996, the  Stockholders  adopted the Company's  1996 Incentive  Stock Option
Plan (the "Plan").  Pursuant to which the Registrant may grant  employees of the
Registrant and its subsidiaries  (including  employee  directors),  non-employee
directors and independent  contractors  and consultants  option to shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock.  The Company has reserved  1,253,335  shares of Common
Stock for issuance pursuant to the Plan. The exercise price of all stock options
granted  pursuant to the Plan will be  determined by a committee of the Board of
Directors on a case by case basis.  See "Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote
of Security Holders".

     No stock options were granted to or exercised by any of the named executive
officers  during the 1996 fiscal year. In addition,  the Company has no SAR Plan
and has not issued SAR rights during 1996. Pursuant to its employment  agreement
with Mr. Peled, however, the Company has agreed to grant him options to purchase
175,000 shares of Common Stock with

                                       29
<PAGE>

exercise  prices  ranging  from  $5.00  to  $10.00.  In  addition,   upon  their
employment,  the Company agreed to grant to Mr. Cohen options to purchase 50,000
shares of  Common  Stock.  (See  "Employment  Agreements.")  In July  1994,  Mr.
Ben-David  was granted  options to purchase  200,000  shares of Common  Stock of
Bogen.  In lieu of such stock  options,  the Company has agreed to grant Mr. Ben
David options to purchase  66,667  shares of the Company's  Common Stock with an
exercise price of $5.50 per share.

       The  Registrant  does not offer its  employees  any  long-term  incentive
plans,  other  than  stock  options,  nor does it offer any  defined  benefit or
actuarial plans.

Compensation of Directors

     Directors,  other  than  non-employee  directors  who  are  members  of the
Executive  Committee  of the  Board,  receive  no  compensation  for  acting  as
directors to the Registrant.  During 1996, Messrs.  Rosenfeld and Stern received
$50,000 each as members of the Registrant's Executive Committee.

Employment Contracts

     In January  1996,  the  Registrant  entered into an agreement  with Mr. Zvi
Peled  generally  setting forth the terms and  provisions  of his  employment as
President and Chief Executive  Officer of the  Registrant.  Mr. Peled joined the
Registrant in such capacity in March 1996.  Mr.  Peled's base salary is $150,000
per annum and he is entitled to a minimum  annual  bonus of $50,000,  contingent
upon the  satisfaction of performance  criteria  established by the Registrant's
Board of  Directors  and Mr. Peled at the start of each year.  In addition,  the
Registrant agreed to grant Mr. Peled stock options to purchase 175,000 shares of
the  Registrant's  Common Stock,  at the following  prices:  75,000 shares at an
exercise  price of $5.00 per share,  75,000 shares at an exercise price of $7.50
per share,  and 25,000  shares at an  exercise  price of $10.00 per share.  Such
options will vest in equal  installments  over a five year period.  In addition,
the  Registrant  provides  Mr.  Peled with $2,000 per month  towards home rental
payments,  as  well  as a  car.  Effective  January  1,  1997,  and in  lieu  of
participating  in  the  Company's  401(k)   Retirement   Savings  Plan  and  the
Registrant's  life  and  disability  insurance  plans,  Mr.  Peled  receives  an
additional  $2,300  per  month,  which  amount is applied  towards  Mr.  Peled's
personal  benefits  program.  In  the  event  that  Mr.  Peled's  employment  is
terminated  without  cause,  Mr.  Peled will  continue to receive his salary and
benefits until he obtains a replacement position or for six months, whichever is
sooner.  Pursuant to the  employment  agreement,  Mr. Peled was provided  with a
$10,000 relocation allowance.

     The Company  also has a written  agreement  with Mr.  Yoav M. Cohen,  dated
August  1,  1996,  generally  setting  forth the  terms  and  provisions  of his
employment as Chief Financial  Officer of the  Registrant.  Mr. Cohen joined the
Registrant in such capacity on July 31, 1996.  Mr. Cohen's annual base salary is
$110,000  and he may receive an annual bonus equal to 1 - 1.5% of the profits of
the Company during the relevant fiscal year. Pursuant to the

                                       30

<PAGE>

employment  agreement,  the Company agreed to grant Mr. Cohen stock options,  in
accordance  with the terms and provisions of the Company's 1996 Incentive  Stock
Option Plan, to purchase  50,000 shares of the  Registrant's  Common Stock.  Mr.
Cohen also  participates in the  Registrant's  401(k)  Retirement  Savings Plan,
health and dental plans,  and  disability  and life  insurance  plans as well as
additional disability and life insurance with an annual premium of up to $3,000.
In addition,  Mr. Cohen is provided with a Company car,  insured by the Company.
In the event that Mr. Cohen is  terminated  without  cause,  he is entitled to a
severance package pursuant to which he would continue to receive his base salary
and related benefits for six months.

     Mr.  Ben-David is employed by the Company  pursuant to a written  agreement
with  Geotek,  dated June 7, 1991,  which has no definite  term.  The  agreement
provides for Mr. Ben-David to receive a base salary of $75,000 per year, subject
to periodic  review and  increase  by Geotek.  Geotek has also agreed to provide
life  and  health  insurance  to Mr.  Ben-David  as well as an  automobile.  Mr.
Ben-David  also received a total of 50,000 stock  options to purchase  shares of
common stock of Geotek. Geotek is entitled to terminate the employment agreement
at any time upon thirty  days prior  written  notice;  provided,  however,  that
Geotek continues to pay Mr. Ben-David his base salary for a period of six months
from  termination  of the  agreement,  unless Mr.  Ben-David is  terminated as a
result of certain  conditions.  Mr.  Ben-David  has  agreed not to compete  with
Geotek for a period of two years after his employment is terminated. The Company
has assumed all of Geotek's obligations under this agreement.

     Mr.  Arciszewski  is  employed  by  Speech  Design  pursuant  to a  written
agreement  dated  February 9, 1993 which has no  definite  term.  The  agreement
provides for Mr. Arciszewski to receive a base salary of DM 180,000 ($119,682 as
of December 31, 1995),  subject to review and increase by the parties at the end
of each  calendar  year.  In  addition,  Mr.  Arciszewski  is entitled to annual
bonuses based on Speech Design's  pre-tax  profits.  Speech Design has agreed to
provide Social  Security and health  insurance  benefits to Mr.  Arciszewski and
agreed to  furnish  an  automobile  to him.  Mr.  Arciszewski  has agreed not to
compete with Speech  Design  during the term of the  agreement  and for one year
thereafter  and Speech Design has agreed to compensate  Mr.  Arciszewski  during
this noncompetition period.

     Mr.  Meiler is employed by Speech  Design  pursuant to a written  agreement
dated February 9, 1993 which has no definite  term.  The agreement  provides for
Mr.  Meiler to receive a base salary of DM 180,000  ($119,682 as of December 31,
1995), subject to review and increase by the parties at the end of each calendar
year.  In addition,  Mr.  Meiler is entitled to annual  bonuses  based on Speech
Design's  pre-tax  profits.  Speech Design has agreed to provide Social Security
and health insurance  benefits to Mr. Meiler and agreed to furnish an automobile
to him. Mr.  Meiler has agreed not to compete with Speech Design during the term
of the  agreement  and for one year  thereafter  and Speech Design has agreed to
compensate Mr. Meiler during this  noncompetition  period. Mr. Meiler has agreed
not to disclose any of Speech Design's business or trade secrets.

                                       31

<PAGE>

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

     The  Executive  Committee  of the  Board  also  functions  as  the  Board's
Compensation Committee.  During the 1996 fiscal year, the Executive Committee of
the Board consisted of Messrs.  Bibring,  Eitan, Rosenfeld and Stern. During the
past fiscal year, none of the members of the Executive  Committee was an officer
or employee of the Company.  From March 1995 to August 1995,  Messrs.  Rosenfeld
and Stern were Co-Chief Executive Officers and Presidents of the Registrant.

Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

Overview and Philosophy

     The Executive Committee is responsible for, among other things,  developing
and making  recommendations to the Board with respect to the Company's executive
compensation  policies.  In  addition,  the  Executive  Committee,  pursuant  to
authority delegated by the Board, determines on an annual basis the compensation
to be paid to the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  each of the  other  executive
officers of the Company.  Decisions  with respect to awards of stock  options to
executive officers are also made by the Executive Committee.

     The Company's Executive Compensation Program is based on guiding principles
designed  to align  executive  compensation  with  the  values  and  objectives,
business  strategy,  management  initiatives,  and the  business  and  financial
performance of the Company. In applying these principles the Executive Committee
has established a program to:

     o    Attract and retain key executives critical to the long-term success of
          the Company and each of its business groups.

     o    Reward   executives  for  long-term   strategic   management  and  the
          enhancement of stockholder value.

     o    Integrate  compensation  programs with both the  Company's  annual and
          long-term strategic planning and measuring processes.

     o    Support a  performance-oriented  environment that rewards  achievement
          with respect to the Company's  goals and also as compared to others in
          the industry.

     In making  compensation  decisions,  the Executive Committee focuses on the
individual contributions of executive officers to the Company's strategic goals,
including,  but not limited to, the  execution by such officers of the Company's
business  plan.  The Executive  Committee  uses its  discretion to set executive
compensation  where,  in its  judgment,  external,  internal or an  individual's
circumstances warrant it.

                                       32

<PAGE>

     The Executive Committee also periodically reviews the compensation policies
of other similarly situated  companies,  as set forth in the proxy statements of
such companies,  to determine whether the Company's  compensation  decisions are
competitive within the telecommunications and electronics industries, as well as
with a broader  group of  companies  of  comparable  size and  complexity.  This
comparison  group  includes the companies in the Standard & Poor's Small Cap 600
and the Standard & Poor's  Telephone  500. The  Executive  Committee  focuses on
companies  engaged in these  industries  because  these are the areas  where the
Company has recently  devoted,  and expects to continue to devote, a substantial
portion of its efforts and resources.

Executive Officer Compensation Program

     The Company's executive officer  compensation  program is comprised of base
salary, bonus, long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options and
various  benefits,  including  medical and pension plans generally  available to
employees of the Company.

     Base  Salary,  Options  and Bonus.  Base  salary  levels for the  Company's
executive   officers  are   competitively  set  relative  to  companies  in  the
electronics industries and other comparable companies.  In determining salaries,
the  Executive  Committee  also takes into  account  individual  experience  and
performance  and  specific  issues  particular  to the  Company.  The  Executive
Committee generally sets base salary for executive officers at the median to low
end of the  range at  which  comparable  companies  compensate  their  executive
officers.  The Executive  Committee  believes  that  executive  officers  should
receive a significant portion of their compensation in the form of discretionary
bonuses and stock options as these types of compensation awards provide a better
incentive to executive  officers to achieve  long-term value for the Company and
its stockholders.  The Executive  Committee believes they have achieved a proper
balance  between  providing  enough  immediate cash  compensation  to retain and
attract top quality managers and providing long term incentives,  in the form of
stock options and cash bonuses,  to promote  long-term  growth for the Company's
stockholders.

     Benefits.  The  Company  provides  medical  and  pension  benefits  to  its
executive officers that are generally available to the Company's employees.  The
Executive  Committee  does  not  consider  benefits  and  perquisites  to  be  a
significant portion of the Company's executive officer compensation.

     Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general,  Section 162(m) of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  limits the ability
of public  corporations to deduct  remuneration in excess of certain  thresholds
paid  to  certain  executive  officers.  The  Executive  Committee  continuously
monitors and reviews the  compensation  of the Company's  highest paid executive
officers to ensure that the Company's  deduction for remuneration is not subject
to the  limitations  imposed  by  Section  162(m)  of  the  Code.  For  example,
remuneration  to executive  officers in the form of stock options is intended to
qualify as  performance-based  compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m)
of the Code and,  thus,  would not be subject to deduction  limitations  imposed
thereunder.

                                       33

<PAGE>

Chief Executive Officer Compensation

     Mr.  Peled,  who was  appointed  President and CEO as of February 22, 1996,
received an annual base salary of $150,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31,
1996.  A  minimum  annual  bonus  of  $50,000  will  be  paid  provided  certain
predetermined  annual  milestones have been met. These milestones are determined
and agreed upon by the Board and Mr. Peled, annually. Mr. Peled was also granted
175,000  Company stock options (for further  details  regarding  options granted
please refer to Part III, Employment Contracts). Mr. Peled has been granted rent
payments  in the amount of $2,000 per month,  a Company  car  including  related
business  expenses,  the ability to participate in various Company insurance and
pension  plans.  The  Compensation  Committee  believes  that Mr.  Peled's total
compensation  package is reasonable in light of the demands which were, and will
continue  to be,  placed on him during  the  coming  years.  In  addition,  this
compensation level reflects the Compensation Committee's confidence in Mr. Peled
and the Company's desire to attract and retain his talents, as the President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company. (See "Item 11." - Employment Contracts.)

     The  foregoing  report  has  been  furnished  by  the  Executive  Committee
consisting of Messrs. Bibring, Eitan and Stern.

Performance Comparison Graph

     The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the
Registrant's Common Stock since October 5, 1995 (the first day of trading in the
Registrant's  Common Stock on the American  Stock  Exchange) with the cumulative
return on the S&P Smallcap  600 Index and the S&P  Telephone - 500 over the same
period  (assuming the investment of $100 in the Company's  Common Stock, the S&P
Smallcap  600  Index  and  the S&P  Telephone  - 500 on  October  5,  1995,  and
reinvestment  of all  dividends).  The cumulative  total of  stockholder  return
represents the value that such investments  would have had on December 31, 1996.
Total  return  calculations  for  the S&P  Smallcap  600  Index  and for the S&P
Telephone - 500 were performed for Standard & Poor's Compustat Services, Inc.

     This  graph  will not be  deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  by any
general  statement  incorporating  by reference  this Annual Report on Form 10-K
into  any  filing  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 or under  the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  except to the extent  that the  Registrant  specifically
incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed to
be filed under such Acts.

                            TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURNS
                             (Dividends Reinvested)

                            ANNUAL RETURN PERCENTAGE
                                  Years Ending

Company/Index                      Dec-95         Dec-96
- -------------                      ------         ------
Bogen Communications Intl          -40.98          18.39
S&P Telephone 500                   25.48           1.00
S&P Smallcap 600 Index               9.64          21.32

                                INDEXED RETURNS
                                  Years Ending

                                Base Period
Company/Index                 October 5, 1995     Dec-95         Dec-96
- -------------                 ---------------     ------         ------
Bogen Communications Intl           100            59.02          69.87
S&P Telephone 500                   100           125.48         126.74
S&P Smallcap 600 Index              100           109.64         133.01

Prepared by Standard & Poor's Compustat
Custom Products Division - 3/28/97

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company's
executive  officers  and  directors to file  initial  reports of  ownership  and
reports of changes in ownership of the Company's  securities with the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the American Stock Exchange.  Executive officers and
directors are required by the SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies
of all Section 16(a) forms they file.  Based solely on a review of the copies of
such  forms  furnished  to the  Company  and  written  representations  from the
Company's  executive  officers and directors,  the Company believes that each of
Messrs.  Mitchell  and  Stern  failed to file a report  in  connection  with the
release of shares of common stock of the Registrant from an escrow account.  The
Company  has been  advised  that  Messrs.  Mitchell  and Stern will make all the
necessary filings promptly.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding  beneficial
ownership (as  determined in accordance  with Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
Exchange Act of the Common

                                       34
<PAGE>

Stock as of March 1, 1996,  for (a)  directors  and  executive  officers  of the
Company,  (b) all directors and executive  officers of the Company,  as a group,
and (c) each person who is known by the  Registrant  to own  beneficially  5% or
more of the Registrant's  Common Stock.  Except as otherwise noted,  each person
listed below has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of
Common Stock listed next to such person's name.


                                 Total Number of Shares       Percentage of
Directors, Nominees and              of Common Stock      Class of Common Stock
Executive Officers                 Beneficially Owned     Beneficially Owned(1)
- ------------------                 ------------------     ---------------------
Yoram Bibring                                    0                 0
Yaron Eitan(2)                                   0                 0
Dr. Leonard Lodish                               0                 0
Michael McCoy                                    0                 0
David Jan Mitchell(3)                      170,001               2.95%
Yoav Stern(4)                              357,500               6.21%
Zvi Peled                                        0                 0
Yoav M. Cohen                                    0                 0
Kasimir Arciszewski                              0                 0
Hans Meiler                                      0                 0
All directors and
  executive officers
  as a group (12 persons)                  527,501               9.16%

Other Beneficial Owners
Geotek Communications, Inc.              3,901,919(5)           65.48%
   102 Chestnut Ridge Road
   Montvale, NJ 07645


(1)  The   percentage   column   represents   the  percentage  of  Common  Stock
     beneficially  owned  calculated in accordance with the Securities  Exchange
     Act of 1934,  whether  presently  issued and  outstanding  or reserved  for
     issuance pursuant to exercise of acquisition rights.

(2)  Mr.  Eitan is  President,  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  of Geotek.
     Geotek is the record and  beneficial  owner of  3,701,919  shares of Common
     Stock and 200,000 Warrants. Due to his positions with Geotek, Mr. Eitan may
     be in a position to direct the voting and  disposition  of Common Stock and
     warrants held by Geotek. Mr. Eitan disclaims  beneficial  ownership of such
     shares and Warrants.

(3)  Consists of 75,001 shares  directly owned by Mr. Mitchell and 95,000 shares
     beneficially  owned by EGAC II.  Messrs.  Stern and  Mitchell  each own one
     third of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of EGAC II and, as such,
     may be deemed to beneficially own those securities held by EGAC II. EGAC II
     is the beneficial owner of 95,000 shares of Common Stock.

(4)  Consists of 262,500 shares  beneficially  owned by Helix Capital LLC, which
     may be
                                       35

<PAGE>

     deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Stern and 95,000 shares beneficially
     owned by EGAC II, which Mr. Stern may be deemed to beneficially own.

(5)  Includes 200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently
     exercisable warrants.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     During the 1996 fiscal year, the Company did not enter into any transaction
with any director,  officer, nominee for election, or any security holder who is
known to the Company to own more than five  percent of the  Registrant's  Common
Stock or any family member of any of the foregoing.

                                     PART IV

Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)(1) Financial  Statements See "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
                             Data."

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

       Schedule I:  Condensed  Financial  Information of Bogen  Communications
                    International, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

       Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                                       36

<PAGE>

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Bogen Communications
   International, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              (Parent Company only)
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                        AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 and 1995
                            (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

                                     Assets
                                                           1996          1995
                                                           ----          ----
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents                                $    305      $    968
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                    --               3
                                                         --------      --------
         Total Current Assets                                 305           971


Organization costs, net                                        19            30
Investment in subsidiaries                                 17,643        15,945
Note Receivable from related party                            553          --
                                                         --------      --------

      TOTAL ASSETS                                       $ 18,520      $ 16,946
                                                         ========      ========

                       Liabilities & Stockholders' Equity

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable & accrued expenses                           181           453
Advances to related parties                                   169           209
                                                         --------      --------
      Total Current Liabilities                               350           662

Notes payable to related parties                              594         3,141

      TOTAL LIABILITIES                                       944         3,803
                                                         --------      --------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock - $.001 par value;
  1,000,000 shares authorized; none
  issued and outstanding at December 31,
  1996 and 1995, respectively                                --            --
Common stock - $.001 par value; 50,000,000
shares authorized; 5,758,850 and 5,759,350
shares issued and outstanding at December 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively                                     6             6
Additional paid-in capital                                 21,774        19,175
Accumulated deficit                                        (4,177)       (6,185)
Currency translation adjustments                              (27)          147
                                                         --------      --------
      TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                           17,576        13,143
                                                         --------      --------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY           $ 18,520      $ 16,946
                                                         ========      ========

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       37
<PAGE>

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Bogen Communications
             International, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              (Parent Company only)
                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 and FOR THE PERIOD
                    FROM AUGUST 21, 1995 to DECEMBER 31, 1995
               (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                       1996             1995
                                                       ----             ----

Revenues:                                          $      --        $      --

Operating Expenses:
  General and Administrative                               371              173
  Amortization expense                                      11                4
                                                   -----------      -----------

Loss From Operations                                      (382)            (177)

Other expenses:
  Equity in (income) loss of
           subsidiaries                                 (2,496)           2,740
  Acquisition costs                                       --              1,491
  Interest expense, net                                     42              135
                                                   -----------      -----------

   Income (loss) before provision for
     income taxes                                        2,072           (4,543)
   Provision for income taxes                               64             --
                                                   -----------      -----------

   Net Income (loss)                               $     2,008      $    (4,543)
                                                   ===========      ===========

   Net Income (loss) per common share:

   Net Income (loss)                               $      0.35      $     (1.37)
                                                   ===========      ===========

   Weighted average number of
     common shares outstanding                     $ 5,759,075      $ 3,311,668
                                                   ===========      ===========

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       38

<PAGE>

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of 
Bogen Communications International, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)
                 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO
                  POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
            For the Period August 21, 1995 through December 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 CUMULATIVE        
                                                 COMMON STOCK   COMMON  STOCK      
                                                 SUBJECT TO     -------------         ADDITIONAL                      CURRENCY
                                                  POSSIBLE     NUMBER                  PAID-IN       ACCUMULATED     TRANSLATION
                                                 REDEMPTION   OF SHARES     AMT        CAPITAL         DEFICIT       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                 ----------   ---------     ---        -------         -------       -----------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance at August 21, 1995
 (Date of Acquisition)                           $   1,575    1,615,155   $      2     $  6,613      $   (351)       $    --
                                                                                                                     
Accretion of redemption value                                                                                        
 of common stock                                        52         --         --            (52)         --               --
                                                                                                                     
Reclass of common stock subject to                                                                                   
 redemption to common stock upon                                                                                     
 the Company's acquisition of                                                                                        
 Bogen and Speech Design                            (1,627)     309,845       --          1,627          --               --
                                                                                                                     
Issuance of common stock and                                                                                         
 other adjustment to effect                                                                                          
 combination with Bogen and                                                                                          
 Speech Design                                        --      3,701,919          4       10,247        (1,291)              37
                                                                                                                     
Issuance of common stock and warrants                                                                                
 to purchase  60,000 shares of common stock                                                                          
 for services provided to facilitate the                                                                             
 acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design               --        132,431       --            740          --               --
                                                                                                                     
Translation adjustments                               --           --         --           --            --                110
                                                                                                                     
Net loss for the period                               --           --         --           --          (4,543)            --
                                                 ---------    ---------   --------     --------      --------        ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995                          --      5,759,350   $      6     $ 19,175      $ (6,185)       $     147
                                                                                                                 
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       39
<PAGE>

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of 
Bogen Communications International, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)
                 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO
                  POSSIBLE REDEMPTION AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
            For the Period August 21, 1995 through December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   CUMULATIVE
                                  COMMON STOCK   COMMON  STOCK
                                  SUBJECT TO     -------------        ADDITIONAL                     CURRENCY
                                   POSSIBLE     NUMBER                 PAID-IN       ACCUMULATED    TRANSLATION
                                  REDEMPTION   OF SHARES     AMT       CAPITAL         DEFICIT       ADJUSTMENT
                                  ----------   ---------     ---       -------         -------       ----------

<S>                                 <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>        
   
Restructuring of $3,000 related
 party note with related interest    --           --          --           2,602          --               --
                                                                                                   
Repurchased and canceled common                                                                    
 stock                               --           (500)       --              (3)         --               --
                                                                                                   
Translation adjustments              --           --          --            --            --               (174)
                                                                                                   
Net Income for the period            --           --          --            --           2,008             --
                                    -----   ----------    --------    ----------    ----------       ----------
                                                                                                   
Balance at December 31, 1996        $--      5,758,850    $      6    $   21,774    $   (4,177)      $      (27)
                                    =====   ==========    ========    ==========    ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
    
                                                                               
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       40

<PAGE>

Schedule  I  -  Condensed   Financial   Information   of  Bogen   Communications
International, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND
               FOR THE PERIOD AUGUST 21, 1995 to DECEMBER 31, 1995
                            (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

                                                               1996        1995
                                                               ----       -----

NET CASH(USED IN)OPERATING ACTIVITIES                        $   (75)   $  (383)
                                                             -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Cash obtained in the acquisition of Bogen and
         Speech Design                                          --        8,149
   Notes receivable from subsidiary                             (553)      --
                                                             -------    -------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES             (553)     8,149
                                                             -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Dividend paid to Geotek related to the combination           --       (7,000)
   Proceeds from debt issued to related parties                 --          317
   Payment on debt to non-related parties                       --         (115)
   Advances to subsidiaries                                      (40)      --
                                                             -------    -------
NET CASH (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES                          (40)    (6,798)
                                                             -------    -------
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                     (668)       968
                                                             -------    -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                 968       --
                                                             -------    -------
Effects of Exchange Rate on Cash                                   5       --

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                   $   305    $   968
                                                             =======    =======

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Non-Cash Investing Activities

Restructuring of $3,000 related party note and
   related interest                                          $ 2,602    $  --
                                                             =======    =======
Common stock and warrants issued as consideration
   for certain services provided to the Company in
   connection with the combination                           $  --      $   740
                                                             =======    =======

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       41

<PAGE>

Schedule I -  Condensed Financial Information of Bogen Communications
           International, Inc.(Parent Company Only)

                    BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              (Parent Company Only)
                          Notes to Financial Statements

1.   Organization and Business Operations:

On April 6,  1995  Bogen  Communications  International,  Inc.  (The  "Company")
announced  that  it had  entered  into a  definitive  agreement  concerning  the
proposed acquisition by the Company of Geotek Communications,  Inc.'s ("Geotek")
67% interest in Speech Design GmbH  ("Speech  Design"),  a German  company which
focuses  on   telephone   peripherals   utilizing   digital   voice   processing
technologies,  and Geotek's 99% interest in Bogen Corporation  ("Bogen"),  a New
Jersey-based  corporation  which focuses on  telecommunications  peripherals and
sound and communications  equipment.  This combination was consummated on August
21, 1995 and results of operations are recorded since the date of acquisition.

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

a.   Basis of Presentation

These  parent  company  only  comparative   financial   statements  reflect  the
operations and financial position of the Company for the year ended December 31,
1996 and for the period from August 21,  1995  through  December  31,  1995.  As
described  in  the  footnotes  to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the
acquisition of Bogen and Speech Design on August 21, 1995 has been accounted for
as a reverse acquisition by Bogen and Speech Design,  companies under the common
control of Geotek.

b.   Organization Costs

Organization costs incurred in 1993 are being amortized over 60 months.

c.   Net Income (Loss) per Share

Net income  (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including common stock
equivalents (unless anti-dilutive).

d.   Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company  considers  all highly  liquid debt  instruments  purchased  with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalent.

                                       42

<PAGE>

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Column A                                    Column B         Column C        Column C           Column D           Column E
- --------                                    ---------       ----------      -----------         --------          ---------
                                            Balance at      Charged to                                            Balance at
                                            Beginning       Costs and                                               End of
 Description                                of Period        Expenses          Other            Deduction           Period
 -----------                                ---------        --------          -----            ---------           ------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>             <C>                <C>                <C>    
Year ended December 31, 1996:
 Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                                 $   424         $   153         $    (1)(d)        $  (106)(a)        $   470
 Reserve for inventory
    obsolescence                               2,552             257             (16)(d)         (1,667)(b)          1,126
 Allowance for tax valuation                   4,831            (694)           --                 --                4,137
                                             -------         -------         -------            -------            -------
                                             $ 7,807         $  (284)        $   (17)           $(1,773)           $ 5,733
                                             =======         =======         =======            =======            =======

Year ended December 31, 1995:
 Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                                 $   365         $   311         $  --              $  (252)(a)        $   424
 Reserve for inventory
    obsolescence                               1,267           2,216               6(d)            (937)(b)          2,552
Allowance for tax valuation                    3,132           1,631              68(c)            --                4,831
                                             -------         -------         -------            -------            -------
                                             $ 4,764         $ 4,158         $    74            $(1,189)           $ 7,807
                                             =======         =======         =======            =======            =======


Year ended December 31, 1994:
 Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                                 $   220         $   283          $    3(c)         $  (141)(a)        $   365
Reserve for inventory
    obsolescence                                  60           1,273            --                  (66)(b)          1,267
Allowance for tax valuation                    2,070           1,062            --                 --                3,132
                                             -------         -------         -------            -------            -------
                                             $ 2,350         $ 2,618         $     3            $  (207)           $ 4,764
                                             =======         =======         =======            =======            =======
</TABLE>

(a) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.                     
(b) Write-off of obsolete inventory.
(c) Assumed through acquisition.
(d) Currency exchange effect.

                                       43

<PAGE>

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 1996.

     (c)  Exhibits

          The  following  exhibits  are  filed as part of this  report  (Exhibit
          numbers  correspond to the exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation
          S-K for an Annual Report on Form 10-K):

             Exhibit
               No.      Description
              ----      -----------
              3.1       Certificate of Incorporation.1
              3.2       By-laws.1
              3.3       Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of
                        Incorporation,  dated  March 8, 1995 and
                        filed with the Secretary of State of the
                        State of Delaware on March 10, 1995.2
              3.4       Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of
                        Incorporation, dated August 21, 1995 and filed with
                        the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
                        August 21, 1995.3
              4.1       Form of Common Stock Certificate.1
              4.2       Form of Warrant Certificate.1
              4.3       Unit Purchase Option Granted to GKN Securities Corp.1
              4.4       Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer
                        & Trust Company and the Company.1
              4.5       Voting Agreement, dated August 21, 1995, by and among
                        Geotek Communications, Inc., Yoav Stern, Joram D.
                        Rosenfeld and David Jan Mitchell.4
              4.6       Bogen Communications, International, Inc. 1996 Incentive
                        Stock Option Plan 7
             10.1       Form of Agency Agreement, dated as of June 28, 1993,
                        between the Company and GKN Securities Corp.
                        (without schedules).1
             10.2       Letter Agreement among each of the Stockholders of the
                        Company, the Company and GKN Securities Corp.
                        (without schedules).1
             10.3       Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between
                        United States Trust Company of New York and the
                        Company.1
             10.4       Form of Share Escrow Agreement between the Company and
                        Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.1
             10.5       Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company
                        and its officers, directors and advisors.4
             10.6       Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 6, 1995, by and
                        between Geotek Communications, Inc. and European
                        Gateway Acquisition Corp.2
             10.7       Letter Amendment, dated May 10, 1995, to the Stock
                        Purchase Agreement.5
             10.8       Side Letter Agreement, dated May 10, 1995, between
                        Geotek Communications, Inc. and European Gateway
                        Acquisition Corp. regarding the issuance of certain
                        stock warrants.6

                                       44
<PAGE>

             10.9       Letter Amendment, dated May 30, 1995, to the Stock
                        Purchase Agreement.5
             10.10      Letter Amendment, dated June 27, 1995, to the Stock
                        Purchase Agreement.5
             10.11      Letter Amendment, dated August 21, 1995, to the Stock
                        Purchase Agreement.4
             10.12      Letter Agreement, dated August 21, 1995, to the Stock
                        Purchase Agreement.4
             10.13      Letter Agreement, dated May 8, 1996, to the Stock 
                        Purchase Agreement.
             10.14      Summary of Agreement for Business Credit between Speech
                        Design GmbH and Statelparkasse Munchen.
             10.15      Secured Revolving Promissory Note dated February 6, 1997
                        between Summit Bank and Bogen Communications, Inc.
             10.16      Loan and Security Agreement dated February 6, 1997 
                        between Summit Bank and Bogen Communications, Inc.
             10.17      Corporate Guaranty of Bogen Communications 
                        International, Inc.
             10.18      Corporate Guaranty of Bogen Corporation.

          *  21.1       Subsidiaries of the Company.
          *  23.1       Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

          ----------
          *Filed Herewith
          1.   Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's
               Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-65294), dated
               October 7, 1993.

          2.   Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's
               Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  fiscal  year  ended
               December 31, 1994.

          3.   Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
               September 30, 1995.

          4.   Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's 
               Current Report on form 8-K dated August 21, 1995.

          5.   Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's
               Proxy Statement, dated July 12, 1995, for a Special Meeting
               of  Stockholders,  as amended by  addendum,  dated July 18,
               1995.

          6.   Incorporated  by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
               March 31, 1995.

   
          7.   Incorporated by reference to the Exhibits to the Company's
               Registration Statement on  Form  S-8 (File No. 333-21245), 
               dated February 4, 1997.
    

                                       45
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By: /s/ Zvi Peled
    -------------------------------
        Zvi Peled, President
        and Chief Executive Officer

   
Date:   March 31, 1997
    

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed on March__,  1997 by the  following  persons on behalf of
the Registrant in the capacities indicated.

/s/ Zvi Peled                       President and Chief Executive Officer
- --------------------------------
    Zvi Peled                       

/s/ Yoav M. Cohen                   Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary
- --------------------------------
    Yoav M. Cohen

/S/ Yaron I. Eitan                  Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors
- --------------------------------
    Yaron I. Eitan

/s/ Yoram Bibring                   Director
- --------------------------------
    Yoram Bibring

/s/ Michael McCoy                   Director
- --------------------------------
    Michael McCoy

/s/ David Jan Mitchell              Director
- --------------------------------
    David Jan Mitchell

/s/ Yoav Stern                      Director
- --------------------------------
    Yoav Stern

/s/ Dr. Leonard Lodish              Director
- --------------------------------
    Dr. Leonard Lodish

                                       46

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
  No.
- ------
10.14  Summary of Agreement for Business Credit between Speech Design GmbH and
       Statelparkasse Munchen.
10.15  Secured Revolving Promissory Note dated February 6, 1997 between Summit
       Bank and Bogen Communications, Inc.
10.16  Loan and Security Agreement dated February 6, 1997 between Summit Bank 
       and Bogen Communications, Inc.
10.17  Corporate Guaranty of Bogen Communications International, Inc.
10.18  Corporate Guaranty of Bogen Corporation.
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1   Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

                                       47


     Summary of Credit Agreement  between Speech Design GmbH and  Stadtsparkasse
Munchen

     Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, dated December 11, 1995 (the
"Credit   Agreement"),   between  Speech  Design  GmbH  ("Speech   Design")  and
Stadtsparkasse Munchen (the "Lender"),  Lender agrees to extend to Speech Design
a credit line in the aggregate amount of DM 4,000,000. Interest on any borrowing
under the credit line is payable at 8.25% per annum.  The term of this agreement
is December  31,  1999,  subject to earlier  termination.  As  security  for any
extension  of credit  pursuant  to the Credit  Agreement,  Speech  Design made a
general assignment of claims,  receivables and inventory in favor of the Lender.
The  Credit  Agreement  also  contains  customary  provisions  regarding  Speech
Design's  duty to disclose  information  to the Lender,  choice of forum and the
validity of the agreement.



                       SECURED REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE

$7,000,000.00                                                February 6th, 1997
                                                       Florham Park, New Jersey

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a corporation of the State
of Delaware  (hereinafter the  "Borrower"),  promises to pay in lawful monies of
the United States of America,  in immediately  available  funds, to the order of
SUMMIT  BANK  (hereinafter  called  the  "Lender"),  at its office at 750 Walnut
Avenue,  Cranford,  New Jersey  07016,  or such other place as the holder hereof
may, from time to time, designate in writing, the principal sum of SEVEN MILLION
($7,000,000.00)  DOLLARS,  together with interest as herein provided, or so much
thereof  as  shall  from  time to time be  advanced  hereunder  to the  Borrower
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security  Agreement between
the  parties  being   executed   contemporaneously   herewith   (the   "Security
Agreement"), on February 5, 1999.

     1. All such  advances  shall be made in  accordance  with the  terms of the
Security  Agreement and the date and amount of each advance shall be recorded in
the separate ledgers  maintained by Lender.  All such advances whether or not so
recorded shall be due as part of this Note.

     2. The  Borrower  shall pay to Lender  interest  upon any unpaid  principal
balance advanced  hereunder or under the terms of the Security  Agreement at the
close of each day,  which  interest  shall be due and  payable  to Lender on the
fifth  (5th)  day of the  following  month.  Any  failure  or delay by Lender in
presenting  invoices for interest shall not discharge or relieve the Borrower of
its obligation to make such interest payments.  The interest rate which shall be
used to calculate the amount of interest due each month shall be the Summit Bank
Floating Base Rate of interest in effect during the period for which interest is
being  calculated plus one-half (1/2)  percentage  point per annum. The interest
due shall be paid by  Borrower  or,  at the  option of  Lender,  charged  to any
checking or loan  account  maintained  by  Borrower  at Lender,  but if not paid
within  ten (10) days of the close of each  month,  interest  may,  at  Lender's
discretion,  be  added to  Borrower's  Loan  account  balance.  Borrower  hereby
consents to Lender's  making such charge.  Interest  shall be  calculated on the
basis  that one day  represents  1/360th  of a year.  For the  purposes  of this
obligation  the term "Summit Bank  Floating Base Rate" is defined as the rate of
interest  established by Lender from time to time as its Floating Base Rate. The
Summit  Bank  Floating  Base  Rate is  neither  linked to any  external  rate of
interest  or index nor does it  necessarily  reflect the lowest rate of interest
charged by Lender to its most creditworthy  customers.  The Summit Bank Floating
Base Rate may be changed from time to time by Lender  without notice to Borrower
and, with respect to the interest rate applicable hereto,  shall be effective on
the date any such change is made.

     3. This Note is subject to and governed by the terms and  conditions of the
Security Agreement, all of which terms and conditions are incorporated herein by
reference  with the same force and effect as though set forth  herein at length.
All sums due hereunder are secured by the

<PAGE>

Collateral  described in the Security Agreement.  All capitalized terms shall be
defined as set forth in the Security Agreement.

     4. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence and
during the  continuance  of an Event of Default  hereunder,  the  interest  rate
charged to Borrower on the  Revolving  Loans  shall,  at Bank's  discretion,  be
increased by two and three-quarters (2.75) percentage points per annum in excess
of the then applicable rate. In no event,  however,  shall the interest rate due
hereon exceed the maximum  allowable by law. In the event Lender should  receive
such  excess,  same shall be applied to reduce  Borrower's  Obligations  in such
order as Lender shall elect.

     5. Any payment of interest or  principal  due  hereunder  which is received
more than ten (10) days after the date due shall be subject to a late  charge of
five (5%)  percent of the amount of such  payment,  which shall not be less than
$25.00 nor more than $2,500.00.  Such late charge  represents  reimbursement  of
various costs incurred by Lender in processing late payments generally and shall
not be deemed to be  additional  interest  hereon.  Imposition  of a late charge
shall be in  addition  to, and not in lieu of any other  remedies  available  to
Lender under this Note, the Security  Agreement and the Relevant  Documents,  at
law, equity or otherwise.

     6. The Borrower  shall be in default under this Note upon the occurrence of
any of the events which  constitute an Event of Default pursuant to the terms of
the Security  Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default,  then the
aforesaid principal sum or so much thereof as shall then remain unpaid, with all
arrearages of interest thereon,  shall,  without notice or demand, at the option
of Lender, become due and payable immediately thereafter,  anything hereinbefore
contained to the contrary notwithstanding.  Furthermore,  Lender shall thereupon
be  entitled  to exercise  all of the  remedies of a secured  party at law or in
equity,  together with the rights and remedies provided to it under the Security
Agreement.

     7. The Borrower  shall be liable for all costs,  charges and expenses,  and
other  sums   incurred  or  advanced  by  Lender   (including   legal  fees  and
disbursements) to preserve the Collateral,  collect on the Obligations,  protect
Lender's  interest in or realize on the Collateral or to enforce Lender's rights
against the Borrower or any Guarantor.

     8. The Borrower, and all other parties who at any time may be liable hereon
in any capacity, jointly and severally,  waive presentment,  demand for payment,
protest  and  notice of  protest,  and  notice of  dishonor  of this  Note,  and
authorize Lender,  without notice, to grant any extension,  postponement of time
of payment,  indulgence or any  substitution,  exchange or release of Collateral
and to the  addition  to or  release  of  any  party  or  persons  primarily  or
secondarily  liable  or  acceptance  of  partial  payments  on any  accounts  or
instruments and the settlement, compromising or adjustment thereof.

     9. As further  security for the performance of the  obligations  hereunder,
the  Borrower  hereby  gives  Lender a general lien upon all property and assets
heretofore or hereafter  delivered to Lender, and Lender shall have the right of
set-off,  in addition to any other  rights  conferred by statute or operation of
law, with respect to any accounts of the Borrower with Lender, and any

                                        2

<PAGE>

other funds or tangible  assets which may, at any time,  be in  possession of or
under Lender's custody and control.

     10.  Lender  is  hereby  authorized  to  disclose  any  financial  or other
information  about  the  Borrower  to  any  regulatory  body  or  agency  having
jurisdiction  over  the  Lender,  or  to  any  present,  future  or  prospective
participant   or  successor   in  interest  in  any  loan  or  other   financial
accommodation made by Lender to the Borrower.

     11.  Lender  shall  not,  by any act,  be deemed to have  waived any of its
rights or  remedies  hereunder,  unless  such waiver is in writing and signed by
Lender,  and then only to the extent set forth  therein.  A waiver as to any one
event shall in no way be construed as continuing or as preventing  the waiver or
enforcement  of such  rights or  remedies  available  to Lender on a  subsequent
event.

     12. The  liability  of the Borrower  and any  guarantor  shall be joint and
several,  absolute and  unconditional and without regard to the liability of any
other party.

     13. The provisions  herein contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of
the Borrower and Lender and their respective legal  representatives,  successors
and assigns  (provided,  however,  that the Borrower  shall not assign this Note
without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent  of  Lender).  Lender  (or  any
subsequent  assignee)  may  transfer  and  assign  this  Note  and  deliver  the
Collateral  to the  assignee,  who  shall  thereupon  have all of the  rights of
Lender;  and Lender (or any such  subsequent  assignee  that in turn  assigns as
aforesaid)  shall then be  relieved  and  discharged  of any  responsibility  or
liability with respect to this Note and said Collateral.

     14. For the purposes of this Note wherever the term "Lender"  shall be used
it shall refer to any subsequent holder, successor or assignee hereof unless the
context requires otherwise.

     15.  THE  BORROWER  HEREBY  WAIVES  ITS  RIGHT  TO A  TRIAL  BY JURY IN ANY
LITIGATION RELATING TO THIS OBLIGATION.

     16. The provisions  hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have hereunto caused these presents to
be signed by their proper corporate officers and their proper corporate seals to
be hereto affixed the day and year first written above.

ATTEST:                                 BOGEN CORPORATION
BY: FRANK DIPALMA                       BY: YOAV M. COHEN
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------
   FRANK DIPALMA, Assistant Secretary      YOAV M. COHEN, Vice President, 
                                           Finance                          

                                       3

        
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This is a Loan and Security Agreement made this 6th day of February,  1997,
between  SUMMIT  BANK  ("Lender"),  a  banking  corporation  of the State of New
Jersey, having an address at 750 Walnut Street,  Cranford, New Jersey 07016, and
BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a corporation of the State of Delaware,  having its
principal  place of  business  at 50 Spring  Street,  Ramsey,  New Jersey  07446
("Borrower").

     RECITAL:

     WHEREAS,  Borrower  and  Lender,  wish to enter into a  commercial  lending
arrangement whereby Lender shall make loans to Borrower on a revolving basis and
Borrower shall repay same under the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

     WHEREAS,  the loans and other  financial  accommodations  to be provided to
Borrower  by Lender  are to be  secured  by  substantially  all of the assets of
Borrower including,  without  limitation,  all accounts  receivable,  equipment,
inventory and the other personal property of Borrower; and

     WHEREAS,  by this  writing  Borrower and Lender wish to set forth the terms
and conditions of the lending arrangement between Borrower and Lender.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained
and  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,   receipt  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS:

     For the purposes of this Agreement,  the following  definitions shall apply
to the terms set forth below:

     A.   The term  "Account  Debtor"  shall mean and include all  customers  of
          Borrower or other Persons who are indebted to Borrower.

     B.   The term "Acceptable  Conditional Sales" shall mean sales to Sprint or
          other  Account   Debtors  who  are   satisfactory  to  Lender  in  its
          commercially reasonable discretion,  who are allowed to return certain
          merchandise  which remains  unsold by such Account  Debtor for six (6)
          months after  delivery of the  merchandise  and who receive credit for
          the  value  of  the  returned  merchandise  against  future  Inventory
          purchases,  but who also are required to pay Borrower, in the ordinary
          course of business,  the entire  amount  invoiced by Borrower for such
          merchandise in accordance with the terms of the invoice.

<PAGE>

     C.   The term "Accounts  Receivable"  shall mean all accounts as defined in
          the  Uniform  Commercial  Code of the  State of New  Jersey,  and,  in
          addition,  any and all  obligations of any kind at any time due and/or
          owing to Borrower and all rights of Borrower to receive payment or any
          other  consideration  (whether classified under the Uniform Commercial
          Code of the  State of New  Jersey  or any  other  State  as  accounts,
          accounts   receivable,   contract  rights,   chattel  paper,   General
          Intangibles,  or otherwise)  including without  limitation,  invoices,
          contract rights, accounts receivable, choses in action, notes, drafts,
          acceptances,   instruments  and  all  other  debts,   obligations  and
          liabilities in whatever form owing to Borrower from any Person,  firm,
          governmental authority,  corporation or any other entity, all security
          therefor,  and all Borrower's rights to goods sold (whether delivered,
          undelivered,  in  transit  or  returned),  which  may  be  represented
          thereby, whether now existing or hereafter arising,  together with all
          proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing.

     D.   The term "Advances" shall mean all loans made to Borrower  pursuant to
          Section 2.1 hereof.

     E.   The  term  "Advance  Limit"  shall  mean  the  maximum  amount  of the
          Revolving Loans and Advances Borrower may request of Lender based upon
          the  percentages  and/or amounts of Advance with respect to Borrower's
          Qualified  Accounts  Receivable and Qualified  Inventory against which
          Lender is willing to make  Revolving  Loans.  

     F.   The term "Affiliate" shall mean and include any Person in which one or
          more of the stockholders owning ten percent (10%) or more of Borrower,
          any  subsidiary  and/or  any  parent,  now or at  any  time  or  times
          hereafter hold, individually, jointly or severally, an equity or other
          ownership  interest in excess of ten percent (10%) of the total equity
          or ownership interest in such Person.

     G.   The term "Agreement"  shall mean this Loan and Security  Agreement and
          any  extensions  or renewals  thereof or  modifications  or amendments
          thereto.

     H.   The term  "Banking  Day"  shall  mean any day other  than a  Saturday,
          Sunday or other day on which  Lender is closed for a United  States of
          America or any state declared bank holiday.

     I.   The  term  "Borrower"  shall  mean  Bogen   Communications,   Inc.,  a
          corporation of the State of Delaware.

     J.   The  term  "Borrowing  Base  Certificate"  shall  mean a  certificate,
          substantially  in the form of Exhibit "A"  attached  hereto and made a
          part  hereof,  which  shall be  completed  and signed by a  authorized
          officer of Borrower  and shall be  utilized by 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          Borrower and Lender to calculate the sums  available to be borrowed as
          Revolving Loans.

     K.   The term  "Collateral"  shall  mean and  include  Borrower's  Accounts
          Receivable,  Inventory,  General  Intangibles,  Machinery,  Equipment,
          returned  or  repossessed  merchandise,  and  all  other  property  of
          Borrower or others,  which or in which  Lender,  by this  Agreement or
          otherwise,  is  given a  security  interest  or the  right  to hold as
          security for or to apply to the payment of Borrower's  Obligations and
          all  proceeds of same,  all as more fully  described  on Schedule  1.K
          hereto.

     L.   The term  "Equipment"  shall  mean all  equipment  as  defined  in the
          Uniform  Commercial  Code of the State of New Jersey and, in addition,
          all equipment,  machinery, furniture, fixtures, and all other tangible
          assets,  and all replacements,  repairs,  modifications,  alterations,
          additions,   controls  and   operating   accessories   therefor,   all
          substitutions  and  replacements  therefor,  and  all  accessions  and
          additions  thereto and all proceeds and products of the  foregoing now
          owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower.

     M.   The term  "Event of  Default"  shall  mean a  default  as set forth in
          Section 11 of this Agreement.

     N.   The term "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles.

     O.   The  term  "General   Intangibles"  shall  mean  and  include  all  of
          Borrower's now owned or hereafter acquired choses in action, causes of
          action and all other intangible personal property  including,  without
          limitation,  corporate or other business records, inventions, designs,
          patents,  patent  applications,  trademarks,  trademark  applications,
          trade names,  trade  secrets,  good will,  registrations,  copyrights,
          licenses, franchises,  customer lists, tax refunds, tax refund claims,
          insurance claims,  rights and claims against carriers and shippers and
          rights to indemnification.

     P.   The term "Guarantors" shall mean Bogen  Communications  International,
          Inc.,  Bogen  Corporation  and any other  Person who shall at any time
          agree to be a guarantor and/or surety for Borrower.

     Q.   The term  "Inventory"  shall mean all items  described  in the Uniform
          Commercial Code of the State of New Jersey definition  thereof and all
          of the  following,  whether or not so described  (in all cases whether
          now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower and wherever located): all
          goods,  merchandise  or other  personal  property held by Borrower for
          sale or lease or to be furnished under labels and other devices, names
          or marks affixed  thereto for purposes of selling or  identifying  the
          same or the seller or manufacturer  thereof,  and all right, title and
          interest of Borrower therein and thereto;  all raw materials,  work or
          goods in

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          process;  and all  materials  and supplies of any kind or  description
          used  or  usable  in  connection  with  the  manufacture,   packaging,
          shipping,  advertisement,  sale or finishing of any of the  foregoing,
          together with all proceeds and products of any of the foregoing.

     R.   The term  "Lender"  shall  mean  Summit  Bank,  a banking  corporation
          organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey,  its
          successors and assigns.

     S.   The  term  "Letter  of  Credit"  shall  mean  any and all  irrevocable
          documentary  or  stand-by  letters of credit  issued by Lender for the
          account and at the request of  Borrower  which shall not exceed  Seven
          Hundred  Thousand  ($700,000.00)  Dollars in  aggregate  undrawn  face
          amounts at any time.

     T.   The term "Line of Credit"  shall mean the maximum  amount Lender could
          be requested  to lend to Borrower  under the terms and  conditions  of
          this  Agreement  as  evidenced  by the  face  amount  of  the  Secured
          Revolving Note in effect from time to time.

     U.   The term "Machinery" shall mean and include,  without limitation,  all
          inanimate  mechanisms for utilizing or applying  power,  including the
          appurtenances thereto, used by or for Borrower in the operation of its
          business and all accessories,  substitutions,  additions, replacements
          and parts thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

     V.   The term  "Obligation" or "Obligations"  shall mean all  indebtedness,
          obligations,  liabilities,  and agreements of every kind and nature of
          Borrower to or with Lender,  or to or with any affiliate of Lender, or
          any  guaranty  of  Borrower  of  any  other   Person's   indebtedness,
          liabilities  and  agreements  to or with  Lender,  or to or  with  any
          affiliate of Lender,  now existing or  hereafter  arising,  and now or
          hereafter  contemplated,  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the  Relevant
          Documents (as hereinafter  defined) or otherwise,  whether in the form
          of refinancing,  letters of credit,  bankers acceptances,  guarantees,
          loans, interest,  charges, expenses or otherwise,  direct or indirect,
          (including without limitation, any participation or interest of Lender
          [or of any  affiliate  of Lender] in any  obligations  of  Borrower to
          others),  acquired outright,  conditionally or as collateral  security
          from another, absolute or contingent,  joint or several, liquidated or
          unliquidated,  secured or  unsecured,  arising by  operation of law or
          otherwise, including without limitation any future advances, renewals,
          extensions  or changes in form of, or  substitutions  for, any of said
          indebtedness,  obligations or liabilities,  the other sums and charges
          to be paid to Lender  pursuant to Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof,  and all
          interest and late charges on any of the foregoing.

     W.   The term  "Person"  shall mean any  individual,  sole  proprietorship,
          partnership,   joint  venture,  trust,  unincorporated   organization,
          association, limited liability

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          company,  corporation,   institution,   entity,  party  or  government
          (including any political subdivision thereof).

     X.   The term  "Qualified  Account",  "Qualified  Accounts"  or  "Qualified
          Accounts  Receivable"  shall mean the Accounts  Receivable as to which
          Borrower has furnished to Lender information  adequate to identify the
          same, at such times and in such form as has been or, from time to time
          may be, requested by Lender,  which meet all of the following criteria
          on the origination date of the said Accounts and continuing thereafter
          until  collected,  and which are in all other  respects  acceptable to
          Lender:

          (i)  Borrower is the sole owner of the Accounts Receivable and has not
               sold,  assigned,  mortgaged or  hypothecated,  nor released  from
               Lender's security interest,  all or any portion thereof,  nor are
               they  subject  to any claim,  lien or  security  interest  of any
               Persons or  entities,  including  without  limitation  the United
               States, or any agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

          (ii) They shall be valid and  legally  enforceable,  owing to Borrower
               for the  performance  of services or the sale of goods arising in
               the ordinary  course of business for which Borrower has delivered
               or, at the time of origination of the said Accounts,  if required
               by Lender,  will  deliver to the Lender  invoices,  billings  and
               shipping documents and other documents  evidencing the obligation
               of the Borrower's customer to pay the Account Receivable;

          (iii)They do not  represent  a  conditional  sale  (except  Acceptable
               Conditional  Sales  which  must  be  disclosed  as  such  on each
               Borrowing Base Certificate),  sale on consignment,  bill and hold
               or other sale on a basis  other than that of absolute  sale,  are
               not  evidenced  by any note,  instrument,  chattel  paper or like
               document,  and do not arise  out of a  contract  with the  United
               States or any of its departments, agencies, or instrumentalities,
               unless  accepted by Lender and  Borrower  has  complied  with the
               Federal  Assignment  of Claims Act in all respects to assign such
               Account to Lender;

          (iv) No financing  statement  covering any Account  Receivable  or its
               proceeds,  except in favor of  Lender,  is on file in any  public
               office,  and neither  Borrower nor Lender has received any notice
               of any proposed  acquisition,  of any Account Receivable security
               interest therein;

          (v)  The goods or  services  were  shipped or  supplied on the invoice
               date and the  invoice for the  Account  Receivable  is dated less
               than ninety (90) days or, as Lender in its  discretion  may allow
               from  time to time  with  respect  to  Accounts  Receivable  with
               extended  terms,  dated less than  one-hundred  twenty (120) days
               prior to the date on which the amount of the Accounts Receivables
               are being determined;


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

          (vi) If the aggregate  amount of an Account  Debtor's  indebtedness to
               Borrower in  calculating  the Advance Limit exceeds  twenty (20%)
               percent of  Borrower's  total  Accounts at the time  outstanding,
               then such  excess  shall not be eligible  to be  classified  as a
               Qualified Account Receivable;

         (vii) They are not  subject  to any  offsets,  credits,  allowances  or
               adjustments  due the Account  Debtor  except usual and  customary
               prompt payment discounts, nor has any Account Debtor returned the
               goods or indicated any dispute or complaint  concerning  them and
               the Account is not otherwise subject to any right of set-off;

        (viii) Not  more  than fifty  (50%)  percent of the total  amount of the
               Accounts   Receivable  due  from  the  Account  Debtor  has  been
               classified not Qualified by Lender;

          (ix) Borrower has not received any notice, nor has it any knowledge of
               any facts  which  adversely  affect  the  credit  of the  Account
               Debtor;

          (x)  The Account  Debtor is not a  Subsidiary  or other  Affiliate  of
               Borrower nor a director or officer of Borrower or an Affiliate of
               any director or officer;

          (xi) The Account  Debtor is located in the United States of America or
               Canada;

          (xii)The Account Receivable does not arise from the sale of the Friday
               Home Office Receptionist Line; and

         (xiii)Lender  has not  notified  Borrower  that  either  the  Account
               Receivable or the Account Debtor is not qualified.

     Y.   The term "Qualified Inventory" shall mean the Inventory which has been
          identified and described to Lender's  satisfaction,  is represented by
          Borrower (by its acceptance of Revolving Loans thereon) as meeting all
          of the  following  criteria  on the date of any  Revolving  Loan based
          thereon and thereafter  while any of the  Obligations  are outstanding
          and is in all other respects acceptable to Lender:

          (i)  Borrower  is  the  sole  owner  of  the  Inventory;  none  of the
               Inventory  is being  held by  Borrower  on a  consignment  basis;
               Borrower has not sold,  assigned or otherwise  transferred all or
               any portion  thereof,  and none  thereof is subject to any claim,
               lien or security interest;

          (ii) If any of the Inventory is represented or covered by any document
               of title, instrument or chattel paper, Borrower is the sole owner
               of all such documents,  instruments and paper, all thereof are in
               the possession of the

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

               Lender,  none  thereof  has  been  sold,  assigned  or  otherwise
               transferred  and none  thereof is  subject to any claim,  lien or
               security interest;

          (iii)The  Inventory  shall  consist  of  saleable  raw  materials  and
               finished  goods  manufactured  or  acquired  by  Borrower  in the
               ordinary course of Borrower's  business,  subject to its contract
               or sole  possession,  stored in  locations  with respect to which
               landlord or warehousemen waivers, as applicable,  satisfactory to
               Lender have been obtained; and

          (iv) The Inventory does not constitute  part of the Friday Home Office
               Receptionist Line.

     Z.   The term  "Relevant  Documents"  shall mean any and all  documents and
          instruments  executed or delivered  by Borrower to Lender  pursuant or
          incident to this  Agreement,  or heretofore  or hereafter  executed or
          delivered  by Borrower  with respect to its  Revolving  Loan and other
          financial accommodations extended to Borrower by Lender.

     AA.  The term  "Revolving  Loan" or "Revolving  Loans" shall mean the loans
          made pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement and the  indebtedness  of
          Borrower to Lender incurred pursuant to this Agreement.

     BB.  The term  "Secured  Revolving  Note" shall mean the Secured  Revolving
          Promissory Note executed  contemporaneously  herewith and any renewal,
          extension, modification or amendment thereto or substitution therefor.

     CC.  The term  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any  Person at least a majority  of
          whose  issued  and  outstanding  equity  now or at any  time or  times
          hereafter  is owned by the  Borrower  and/or one or more  Subsidiaries
          thereof.

     DD.  The term  "Summit  Bank  Floating  Base  Rate"  shall mean the rate of
          interest established from time to time by Lender as its "floating base
          rate". This rate of interest is determined from time to time by Lender
          as a means of pricing some loans to its  customers and is neither tied
          to any  external  rate of interest or index,  nor does it  necessarily
          reflect the lowest rate of interest  actually charged by Lender to any
          particular class or category of customers of Lender.

2. REVOLVING LOAN:

     2.1 (a) Amount.  During the term of this Agreement,  provided there has not
occurred  an Event of Default  hereunder  (as  hereinafter  defined) or an event
which,  with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an
Event of Default  hereunder,  Lender will  provide,  at one time or from time to
time, at the request of Borrower, Revolving Loans to

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

Borrower  in an  aggregate  amount  up to but not in  excess  of the  Borrower's
Advance  Limit,  which  Revolving  Loans may be borrowed,  repaid and reborrowed
pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement  and which  Revolving  Loans  shall be
payable, in full together with all accrued and unpaid interest,  fees and costs,
if any,  on  February  5,  1999.  If the  outstanding  aggregate  amount  of the
Revolving Loans shall exceed the Advance Limit at any time, such excess shall be
deemed  secured by the Collateral (as  hereinbefore  defined),  shall be payable
immediately upon demand and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

     (b) Advance Request Procedure.  Each Advance under the Revolving Loan shall
be  requested  telephonically,  not later  than 2:00  P.M.  Eastern  Time on any
Banking  Day, by a Person  authorized  in writing by  Borrower  to make  Advance
requests,  and each such request  shall be confirmed in writing,  via  facsimile
transfer, prior to the close of business on such Banking Day.

     (c) Advance Limit. The Advance Limit shall not in the aggregate at any time
outstanding exceed the lesser of:

          (i) Seven Million ($7,000,000.00) Dollars; or

          (ii) The result of the following calculation:  (x) eighty-five percent
     (85%) of the face amount of Borrower's Qualified Accounts Receivable, plus

               (y) the lesser of (A) thirty-five  percent (35%) of the value (at
          the lower of cost or market  values  then  prevailing)  of  Borrower's
          Qualified Inventory  consisting of raw materials,  not to exceed Three
          Hundred Fifty Thousand  ($350,000.00) Dollars plus fifty percent (50%)
          of the value (at the lower of cost or market  values then  prevailing)
          of Borrower's Qualified Inventory consisting of finished goods, or (B)
          Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars; minus

               (z) the aggregate of the undrawn face amounts of all  outstanding
          Letters  of  Credit  plus  unreimbursed  time  drafts  and/or  bankers
          acceptances,  if any, which sum shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand
          ($500,000.00) Dollars at any time; provided also, however,

          (iii) Loans  outstanding with respect to Acceptable  Conditional Sales
     shall not exceed One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand  ($175,000.00)  Dollars,
     in the aggregate, at any time.

     (d) Lender  shall have the right,  from time to time,  in its  commercially
reasonable discretion, to increase and/or decrease the percentages or amounts of
advance or amount of the Advance  Limit  and/or  establish  such  reserves as it
shall deem necessary from time to time; and the sums advanced  pursuant  thereto
shall nevertheless be secured by the Collateral and subject to the terms of this
Agreement.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     (e) It is understood that the total of the aggregate  outstanding principal
balance of  Revolving  Loans plus the  aggregate  of the undrawn face amounts of
Letters of Credit unreimbursed time drafts and/or bankers  acceptances,  if any,
shall not, at any time, exceed Seven Million ($7,000,000.00) Dollars.

     2.2  Collateral  and Proceeds of  Collateral.  (a) Borrower  shall promptly
deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender or to a dominion  account or lockbox,
over which Lender shall have the sole power of  withdrawal,  all proceeds of the
Collateral,  in the form received.  Upon receipt  thereof,  Lender shall deposit
said proceeds to a cash collateral account over which Lender shall have the sole
power of  withdrawal.  In the  event  any  proceeds  are  received  directly  by
Borrower,  such  proceeds  shall  be  deposited,  in  the  form  received,  to a
collection account to be opened with Lender.

     (b) Such cash collateral account and collection  account,  if any, shall be
swept  daily  and  the  amount  of each  such  sweep  shall  be  applied  to the
Obligations,  notwithstanding that the sums credited may constitute  uncollected
funds. All such credits shall be conditioned upon final payment to Lender of the
items  giving rise to them and, if any items are not so paid,  the amount of any
credit given shall be charged as a debit to  Borrower's  Revolving  Loan account
(or to any deposit  account of Borrower with Lender)  whether or not the item is
returned.  The Borrower shall not commingle any proceeds of the Collateral  with
any other  funds or  property  of the  Borrower,  and shall  hold such  proceeds
separate  and  apart  therefrom  and upon an  express  trust  for  Lender  until
deposited in the cash collateral  account.  Credit for the proceeds deposited in
the cash  collateral  account  shall be  conditioned  upon final  payment of the
deposited item, notwithstanding the application by Lender of the proceeds of the
Collateral to the Obligations.

     2.3 Determination of Loan Balance.

     (a) In determining the Borrower's  outstanding  Revolving Loan balance, the
following shall govern:

          (i) Domestic  checks received by the Lender on or before 12:00 Noon of
     any Banking Day, shall be credited  against the balance of the  Obligations
     on such Banking Day;

          (ii)  Domestic  checks  received by the Lender after 12:00 Noon of any
     Banking Day,  shall be credited  against the balance of the  Obligations on
     the following Banking Day;

          (iii) Any other  form of  proceeds  received  by the  Lender  shall be
     credited  against  the  balance  of the  Obligations  when the  Lender  has
     received  notification  of  collection  (it being  understood,  that if the
     Lender  receives  notice of  collection on or before 12:00 Noon of any such
     Banking Day,  such  proceeds  shall be deemed to have been  received by the
     Lender on such day, and if Lender receives notice of collection after 12:00
     Noon of any such Banking Day,  such  proceeds  shall be deemed to have been
     received by the Lender as of the following Banking Day);


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

          (iv) Such credits shall be conditioned upon final payment to Lender at
     its own office in cash or solvent  credits of the items giving rise to them
     and if any item is not so paid, the amount of any credit given for it shall
     be  charged  to the  Revolving  Loan  balance  whether  or not the  item is
     returned.

     (b) For the purpose of computing  interest on the Revolving Loan,  interest
shall  continue to accrue on the amount of any domestic  checks  received by the
Lender for a period of two (2) Banking Days after  receipt (it being  understood
that if a domestic check is received on or before 12:00 Noon of any Banking Day,
it shall be deemed  received by the Lender on such  Banking Day, and if received
after 12:00 Noon of such Banking Day, it shall be deemed  received by the Lender
on the following Banking Day),  notwithstanding that the Lender has credited the
amount thereof against the outstanding Revolving Loan balance on the Banking Day
of receipt.

     2.4 Monthly and Interim  Statements.  Once each month Lender shall render a
statement  of account to Borrower  showing the current  status of the  Revolving
Loan  account  and the  interest  thereon.  If these  statements  or any interim
statements  indicate that the outstanding  balance of the Revolving Loan exceeds
the Advance  Limit,  such excess  shall at all times be governed  and secured by
this  Agreement  and  Borrower   forthwith   either  shall  furnish   additional
collateral, which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, or pay
the  difference in cash.  The  statement of account  rendered by Lender shall be
considered  correct,  accepted by Borrower  and  conclusively  binding  upon the
Borrower,  unless  Borrower  gives  notice to Lender to the  contrary in writing
within  twenty  (20)  Banking  Days after the sending of said  statement  by the
Lender. If Borrower disputes the correctness of Lender's  statement,  Borrower's
notice  shall  specify in detail the  particulars  of why it  contends  Lender's
statement of account is incorrect.

     2.5 Negative Balances.  In the event Borrower's  operating  account(s) with
Lender  contain a negative  balance at any time,  then Lender shall be deemed to
have made an Advance to Borrower in the amount of such  deficiency,  pursuant to
the terms hereof,  on the Lender's Banking Day immediately  preceding the day on
which such deficiency  occurs.  Nothing  contained  herein shall be deemed or be
construed to (a) obligate the Lender to honor any items  presented to Lender for
payment against any account of Borrower in which a deficiency exists, whether or
not it has ever done so in the past; or (b) relieve  Borrower of its obligations
to pay usual and customary  charges of Lender imposed  generally with respect to
such  deficiencies  in  addition  to the  interest  accrued as the result of any
Advances made pursuant to this subsection. 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

3. LETTERS OF CREDIT:

     3.1  Issuance  of  Letters  of  Credit.  From  time  to  time,  subject  to
satisfaction  by Borrower  of the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set forth,
Lender may, at its discretion,  upon the request of Borrower,  issue one or more
Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower. Each Letter of Credit shall be in
form and substance  satisfactory to Lender.  Without  limiting the generality of
the  preceding  sentence,  issuance  of all  Letters  of Credit  shall be on the
following terms and conditions:

          (a)  Stated  Amount.  The  aggregate  undrawn  face  amount(s)  of all
     outstanding  Letters of Credit plus  outstanding time drafts and/or bankers
     acceptance shall not exceed the sum of Seven Hundred Thousand ($700,000.00)
     Dollars at any one time.

          (b) Term.  No Letter of Credit  shall have a stated  term of more than
     one (1) year as to  stand-by  Letters of Credit and ninety  (90) days as to
     documentary Letters of Credit.

          (c)  Application.  Each Letter of Credit shall be issued in accordance
     with Lender's then current practices  relating to the issuance by Lender of
     standby or documentary  letters of credit,  including,  but not limited to,
     the  payment  by  Borrower  of all  applicable  fees and other  charges  as
     customarily  imposed by Lender  generally  upon the  issuance of Letters of
     Credit.  Each Letter of Credit shall be issued only after receipt by Lender
     of its then current  application and agreement for a standby or documentary
     letter of credit, properly completed and executed by Borrower and delivered
     to Lender at least three (3) Banking Days prior to the  requested  issuance
     date.

          (d) Requests for Letters of Credit;  Conditions Precedent.  Letters of
     Credit may be  requested  by the  Borrower  at any time  during  which this
     Agreement is in effect so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred, and
     (ii) no demand for payment has been made by Lender. Once requested, Letters
     of Credit will be issued, at Lender's discretion, only after all conditions
     precedent to the issuance thereof,  have been satisfied,  and all fees have
     been paid.

          (e) No Violation of Advance  Limit.  At no time may a Letter of Credit
     be issued if such issuance  would cause  Borrower to be in violation of the
     Advance Limit.

          (f) Payment  Obligations.  The payment  obligations  of Borrower under
     this Section 3 shall be absolute,  unconditional  and irrevocable and shall
     be paid strictly in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement  under all
     circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

               (i) the existence of any claim,  set-off,  defense or other right
          which  Borrower may have at any time against any  beneficiary,  or any
          transferee,  of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or  entities  for
          whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

          acting),  or  Lender  or  any  other  person  or  entity,  whether  in
          connection with this Agreement,  the transactions  contemplated herein
          or any unrelated transaction;

               (ii) any  statement  or any other  document  presented  under any
          Letter  of  Credit  proving  to  be  forged,  fraudulent,  invalid  or
          insufficient  in any respect or any statement  therein being untrue or
          inaccurate in any respect;

               (iii)  payment  by  Lender  under any  Letter  of Credit  against
          presentation of a draft or certificate  which does not comply with the
          terms  of such  Letter  of  Credit,  except  payment  where a court of
          competent jurisdiction determines in a final,  non-appealable judgment
          to have resulted  primarily and directly from the gross  negligence or
          willful misconduct of Lender; and

               (iv) any other circumstances or occurrences  whatsoever,  whether
          or not  similar  or  dissimilar  to any one or more of the  foregoing,
          except  circumstances  or  occurrences  which  a  court  of  competent
          jurisdiction  determines in a final,  non-appealable  judgment to have
          resulted  primarily and directly from the gross  negligence or willful
          misconduct of Lender.

               (v)  Supplemental  Provisions.  The provisions of any application
          and agreement for any Letter of Credit are supplemental to, and not in
          derogation of, any rights and remedies of Lender under this Agreement,
          at law, in equity, by arbitration or otherwise.

     3.2. Payments Under Letters of Credit

     (a) Payments  upon Draw.  Upon the  occurrence of any draw on any Letter of
Credit,  Borrower  hereby agrees to repay  immediately to Lender on the same day
such draw is honored by Lender,  in immediately  available  funds, the amount of
such draw, together with any and all costs or expenses which Lender may incur in
connection  with such  Letter of  Credit,  without  any  requirement  of notice,
presentment or demand by Lender, all of which are hereby waived by Borrower.  In
order to implement the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a draw under any Letter
of Credit,  unless Lender is  immediately  so  reimbursed by Borrower,  Borrower
hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Lender to treat such draw as a request
for a Revolving Loan in the amount of such draw, and Borrower hereby irrevocably
authorizes and directs Lender to make a Revolving Loan,  bearing interest as set
forth in this Agreement,  in the aggregate amount of such draw. Borrower further
hereby  irrevocably  authorizes and directs Lender to retain the proceeds of any
such Revolving Loan and credit such proceeds so as to immediately  eliminate the
liability of Borrower to Lender pertaining to such draw.

     (b)  Payment  Upon   Bankruptcy  Etc.  If  any  Event  of  Default  occurs,
specifically  including  those  pursuant to Section 11.5, and at such time there
are  outstanding  unexpired  Letters  of  Credit,  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably
authorizes  and  directs  Lender to make a  Revolving  Loan in the amount of the
aggregate  undrawn  face  amount(s)  of such  unexpired  Letters of Credit,  the
proceeds of which Revolving Loan shall be placed in an interest-bearing


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

deposit  account for the sole benefit of and under the sole dominion and control
of Lender (the "Reimbursement Deposit Amount"), which shall be used to reimburse
Lender for draws  upon any such  unexpired  Letters  of Credit.  If from time to
time,  as draws on  outstanding  Letters  of  Credit  have been  honored  and as
outstanding Letters of Credit expire, funds remain in the Reimbursement  Deposit
Account in excess of the then aggregate  undrawn face amount(s) of the remaining
Letters of Credit,  those funds shall be returned to Lender and shall be applied
by Lender to reduce the outstanding Obligations.

     (c) Payments After  Termination of Facility.  If all Obligations  have been
paid and  this  Agreement  terminated  for any  reason,  Borrower  shall  either
immediately  cause to be issued a standby  letter of credit  for the  benefit of
Lender  which  shall  be in all  respects  acceptable  to  Lender  in  its  sole
discretion  or  immediately  upon demand by Lender,  deposit  into,  and keep on
deposit in, the Reimbursement Deposit Account, for the sole benefit of and under
the sole dominion and control of Lender, an amount equal to at least 105% of the
aggregate undrawn face amount(s) of all outstanding  Letters of Credit,  for the
purpose of providing  Lender with a means of repayment of draws under any of the
Letters of  Credit.  At such time as Lender  shall  have no further  obligations
under and pursuant to any Letter of Credit, Lender, after reimbursing itself for
all draws under any Letter of Credit and any  customary  fees or other  expenses
due and owing in connection  therewith,  shall promptly remit the balance of the
Reimbursement Deposit Account, if any, to the order of Borrower.

     (d) Reserve to Revolving  Loan/Advances Not Discretionary.  (i) Anything in
this  Agreement  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the Advance  Limit shall be
reduced  at all  times  by the  aggregate  amounts  to be  drawn  upon  plus the
aggregate  amounts drawn and remaining  unpaid under all Letters of Credit;  and
(ii) in no event  shall any  Revolving  Loan made by Lender  pursuant  to and in
compliance  with the  terms  and  provisions  of this  Section 3 be deemed to be
discretionary  or voluntary and Borrower  covenants and agrees to pay,  protect,
indemnify  and hold  harmless  Lender  from and  against  any and all  costs and
expenses,  including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and experts'
costs and  expenses,  incurred  by Lender as a result of the  allegation  by any
Person or entity  that the  Revolving  Loan in  question  was  discretionary  or
voluntary on the part of Lender.

     3.3 Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary  Credits.  Each Letter of
Credit  shall be governed by,  construed  and  enforced in  accordance  with the
Uniform  Customs and Practices  for  Documentary  Credits,  1993  Revision,  ICC
Publication  No. 500 as amended,  updated or  superseded  from time to time (the
"UCP"). Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,  in no event
shall Lender have any  obligation to (a) issue a revolving  documentary  credit;
(b) issue an  authenticated  teletransmission  or  pre-advice  of any  Letter of
Credit;  or  (c)  issue  any  Letter  of  Credit  if  Lender  determines,  which
determination  shall be final and conclusive  and binding on Borrower,  that the
terms and  conditions  of the  Letter of Credit  sought by  Borrower  are not in
compliance with the internal policies of Lender,  including, but not limited to,
if Lender  determines  that the use of  proceeds  of the Letter of Credit  being
sought by Borrower,  if drawn upon,  are not in  compliance  with such  internal
policies.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

4. INTEREST AND OTHER CHARGES:

     4.1 Interest Rate. Except as herein provided, the Revolving Loan shall bear
interest  during each calendar  month at a  fluctuating  interest rate per annum
equal at all times to the Summit Bank  Floating  Base Rate plus  one-half  (1/2)
percentage  point  per  annum.  Each  change  in such  rate  shall  take  effect
contemporaneously with the corresponding change in the Summit Bank Floating Base
Rate, without notice to Borrower.  Interest shall be calculated on a daily basis
upon the unpaid balance with each day representing 1/360th of a year.

     4.2 Payment of Interest. Interest on the Revolving Loan shall be calculated
as at the end of each  calendar  month,  is due on the fifth  Banking Day of the
following  month and shall be charged by Lender to any  checking or loan account
maintained by Borrower.  Any failure or delay by Lender in  submitting  invoices
for interest  payments shall not discharge or relieve Borrower of the obligation
to make such interest payments.

     4.3 Default Rate. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the
occurrence  and during the  continuance  of an Event of Default  hereunder,  the
interest  rate  charged to Borrower  on the  Revolving  Loan shall,  at Lender's
discretion,  be increased by two and three-quarters (2.75) percentage points per
annum in excess of the then applicable rate.

     4.4 Maximum  Rate.  In no event shall the interest  rate charged under this
Agreement be higher than the maximum lawful rate. In the event the interest rate
exceeds the maximum  lawful  rate,  any such excess  received by Lender shall be
deemed and applied as a payment of the principal balance.

     4.5 Late Charge.  Any payment of interest or principal due hereunder  which
is  received  more than ten (10) days  after the date due shall be  subject to a
late charge of five (5%) percent of the amount of such  payment  which shall not
be less  than  $25.00  nor more than  $2,500.00.  Such  late  charge  represents
reimbursement  of  various  costs  incurred  by Lender in  processing  such late
payments and shall not be deemed to be additional interest hereunder.

     4.6 Collateral  Management  Fee.  Borrower shall pay to Lender a collateral
management  fee in the sum of Fifteen  Thousand  ($15,000.00)  Dollars per annum
which shall be deemed fully earned and  non-refundable  upon  receipt.  Such fee
shall be due and  payable  upon the  execution  hereof and  annually,  upon each
anniversary date hereof thereafter during the term of this Agreement.

     4.7 Letter of Credit Fees. There shall be due and payable upon the issuance
and renewal of each  standby  Letter of Credit a fee of one (1%)  percent of the
face  amount of each such  Letter of Credit  together  with the  customary  fees
generally  charged to Lender's  customers and upon issuance of each  documentary
Letter of Credit, such customary fees only.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

5. SECURITY INTEREST:

     5.1  Security  Interest.  (a) As  collateral  security  for (i) the due and
punctual  payment of the Revolving  Loan,  all interest  thereon and any and all
extensions,  renewals, substitutions and changes in form thereof; (ii) all other
Obligations of Borrower to Lender;  and (iii) all costs and expenses incurred or
paid by Lender to enforce its rights  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Relevant
Documents or otherwise (including without limitation  attorney's fees), Borrower
hereby pledges,  transfers,  assigns, sets over and grants to Lender, a security
interest in the  Collateral,  whether  now  existing  or  hereafter  created and
whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  wherever located,  and all accessions
and additions thereto,  replacements and substitutions therefor and proceeds and
products thereof.

     (b) All  Collateral  heretofore,  herein or  hereafter  given to the Lender
shall  secure  payment of the  Revolving  Loan and all of the  Borrower's  other
Obligations  to Lender.  Lender shall be under no obligation to proceed  against
any or all of the Collateral  before proceeding  directly against Borrower,  any
Guarantor  or  against  any  item  of  Collateral  prior  to any  other  item of
Collateral.

     5.2  Continuation of Security  Interest.  The security  interest granted in
this  Agreement  shall  continue in full force and effect until the Borrower has
fully paid and discharged all Obligations.

     5.3  Further  Assurances.  Borrower  shall take such steps and  execute and
deliver such financing  statements and other documents all in form and substance
satisfactory to Lender  relating to the creation,  validity or perfection of the
security  interests  provided for herein,  under the Uniform  Commercial Code or
other laws of the State of New Jersey or of any other  state or states as Lender
may from time to time request.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES:

     6.1 Organization and Qualification. Borrower hereby represents and warrants
to Lender,  knowing and  intending  that Lender shall rely thereon in making the
Loans contemplated hereby, that:

          (a)  Borrower  has been and will  continue  to be a  corporation  duly
     organized and validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the
     State of  Delaware  and is and will  continue to be  qualified  and in good
     standing in all  jurisdictions  wherein the character of the property owned
     or the nature of the business  transacted  by Borrower  makes  licensing or
     qualification as a foreign entity necessary.

          (b) A true,  accurate and complete copy of Borrower's valid resolution
     authorizing the transaction contemplated herein, and Borrower's certificate
     of incorporation and by-laws all


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     as in effect on the date hereof and  certified by the Secretary of Borrower
     have heretofore been delivered to Lender.

     6.2  Due  Authorization;  No  Default.  (a)  The  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of  this  Agreement  and  the  Relevant  Documents  has  been  duly
authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower;  is not inconsistent
with its certificate of  incorporation,  by-laws and other governing  documents;
does not contravene any law,  governmental rule,  regulation or order applicable
to  Borrower;  and does  not and  will  not  contravene  any  provision  of,  or
constitute  a  default  under,  any  indenture,   mortgage,  contract  or  other
instrument or any order, writ, injunction or decree to which Borrower is a party
or by which it or its properties or assets are bound.

     (b) This  Agreement and the Relevant  Documents,  upon their  execution and
delivery,  will constitute the legal,  valid and binding agreements of Borrower,
enforceable in accordance with their terms.

     6.3 No Governmental Consent Necessary. No consent or approval of, giving of
notice  to,  registration  with or taking of any other  action in respect of any
governmental  authority  or agency is required  with  respect to the  execution,
delivery  and  performance  by  Borrower  of this  Agreement  and  the  Relevant
Documents.

     6.4 No Proceedings. There are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or,
to the best of Borrower's knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower in
any court or before any  governmental  commission,  board or authority which, if
adversely determined,  will have an adverse effect on the ability of Borrower to
perform its responsibilities under this Agreement or the Relevant Documents; the
Borrower is not in default with respect to any order of any court, arbitrator or
governmental or  non-governmental  body; and the Borrower is not subject to or a
party to any order of any court or governmental or non-governmental body arising
out of any action,  suit or proceeding under any statute or other law respecting
antitrust, monopoly, restraint of trade, unfair competition or similar matters.

     6.5 Financial Statements. (a) Subject to any limitation stated therein, all
balance  sheets,  income  statements and other financial data which have been or
shall  hereafter  be  furnished  to  Lender  to  induce  it to enter  into  this
Agreement,  and to  continue  to  provide  financing  under  this  Agreement  or
otherwise in connection herewith, do and will truly and accurately represent the
financial  condition  of Borrower  as at the  respective  dates  thereof and the
results of its  operations  for the periods for which the same are  furnished to
Lender.  All other  information,  reports and other papers and data furnished to
Lender are, or will be at the time the same are so furnished, true, accurate and
complete in all material respects to the best of Borrower's knowledge.  All such
financial  statements and other  information have been, or will have been at the
time of issuance:  (i) as to annual financial statements,  prepared by certified
public accountants in accordance with GAAP consistently  applied; and (ii) as to
all other financial statements, internally prepared generally in accordance with
GAAP consistently applied.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

     (b) Except as shown on the most recent financial statements which have been
delivered  to Lender and are set forth on Schedule  6.5 annexed  hereto and made
part hereof, Borrower has no other liabilities as of the date hereof which would
materially  and  adversely  affect the  financial  condition  of Borrower or the
Collateral.

     6.6 Changes in Financial  Condition.  (a) There has been no material change
in  Borrower's  financial  condition  since  the  date  of  its  last  financial
statements as are set forth on Schedule 6.5.

     (b) Borrower's  assets, at fair valuation,  exceed  Borrower's  liabilities
(including without limitation  contingent  liabilities);  Borrower is paying its
debts as they become due;  and  Borrower  has capital and assets  sufficient  to
carry on its business.

     6.7 Accounts  Receivable.  The most recent list of Accounts  Receivable  of
Borrower delivered to Lender is complete as of the date thereof, and contains an
accurate aging thereof.  All of said Accounts Receivable are collectible subject
only to the reserves established by Borrower, are subject to no counterclaims or
setoffs of any nature  whatsoever  except for bona fide disputes  arising in the
ordinary  course of business,  and require no further act on the Borrower's part
to make  such  accounts  owing  by the  Account  Debtors.  None of the  Accounts
Receivable  include any conditional  sales (unless disclosed as to such Lender),
consignments  or sales on any  basis  other  than that of  absolute  sale in the
ordinary  and usual course of  business,  except as otherwise  set forth on said
list. No agreement has been made under which any  deductions or discounts may be
claimed as to any such  account  except  customary  discounts  or rebates in the
ordinary course of business.

     6.8 Inventory.  Borrower's  Inventory  (except as to the values of obsolete
items,  items below  standard  quality and items in the process of repair all of
which have been written down to realizable  market value,  or adequate  reserves
have been provided therefore) consists of items of a quality and quantity usable
or saleable in the ordinary  course of its  business  and the values  carried on
Borrower's  balance sheet are set at the lower of cost or market,  in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied.

     6.9 Taxes and  Assessments.  Borrower has paid and discharged  when due all
taxes,  assessments and other governmental  charges which may lawfully be levied
or  assessed  upon its income  and  profits,  or upon all or any  portion of any
property  belonging to it, whether real,  personal or mixed,  to the extent that
such taxes,  assessments  and other charges have become due.  Borrower has filed
all tax returns, federal, state and local, and all related information, required
to be filed by it.

     6.10 ERISA.  Borrower is in  compliance  in all material  respects with the
provisions of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), and the related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and with all
regulations and published interpretations issued thereunder by the United States
Treasury  Department,  the United  States  Department  of Labor and the  Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC"). Neither a reportable event as


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

defined in Section  4043 of ERISA,  nor a prohibited  transaction  as defined in
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code, has occurred
and is  continuing  with respect to any  employee  benefit plan subject to ERISA
established or maintained,  or to which  contributions have been or may be made,
by  Borrower or by any trade or business  (whether  or not  incorporated)  which
together with Borrower would be treated as a single  employer under Section 4001
of ERISA (any such trade or business  being referred to hereinafter as an "ERISA
Affiliate," and any such employee  benefit plan being referred to hereinafter as
a "Plan"). No notice of intention to terminate a Plan has been filed nor has any
Plan been terminated;  the PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate,  or
to appoint a trustee to administer,  any Plan, nor do  circumstances  exist that
constitute grounds for any such proceedings;  and neither Borrower nor any ERISA
Affiliate has  completely or partially  withdrawn  from any  multiemployer  Plan
described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.  Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has
met the minimum funding standards under ERISA with respect to each of its Plans;
no Plan  of  Borrower  or of any  ERISA  Affiliate  has an  accumulated  funding
deficiency  or waived  funding  deficiency  within the meaning of ERISA;  and no
material  liability to the PBGC under ERISA has been incurred by Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate.

     6.11  O.S.H.A/EPA.  Borrower has duly complied  with,  and its  facilities,
business  assets,  property,  leaseholds  and equipment are in compliance in all
material  respects with, the provisions of the Federal  Occupational  Safety and
Health Act and the  Environmental  Protection Act, and all rules and regulations
thereunder  and all similar  state and local laws,  rules and  regulations;  and
there have been no  outstanding  citations,  notices or orders of  noncompliance
issued to Borrower or relating to its business, assets, property,  leaseholds or
equipment under any such laws, rules or regulations.

     6.12  Environmental  Matters.  (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule  6.12 to
this  Agreement,  no property owned or used by Borrower and located in the State
of New Jersey is an  "industrial  establishment"  within the  meaning of the New
Jersey  Industrial  Site  Recovery  Act  ("ISRA") or is or has been used for the
generation, manufacture, refining, transportation,  treatment, storage, handling
or disposal of any  "hazardous  substances"  or  "hazardous  wastes"  within the
meaning of ISRA. The following are all of the Standard Industrial Classification
Codes applicable to the properties and operations of Borrower: 3651.

     (b) Borrower is in compliance in all material  respects with all applicable
federal,  state  and  local  statutes,  rules,  regulations,  orders  and  other
provisions of law relating to air emissions,  water discharge,  noise emissions,
solid  and  liquid   disposal,   hazardous  waste  and  substances,   and  other
environmental, health and safety matters.

     6.13 No Other  Violation.  Borrower is not in  violation of any term of its
certificate  or articles of  incorporation  or by-laws and no event or condition
has  occurred  and is  continuing  which  constitutes  or results  in, (or would
constitute  or result  in,  with the  giving of  notice,  lapse of time or other
condition):


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     (a) A breach of or a default under any material  agreement,  undertaking or
instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it may be affected; or

     (b) The imposition of any lien,  encumbrance or restriction on any property
of Borrower, except as noted in Schedule 6.16 hereof.

     6.14 Margin Stock.  No part of the proceeds of any  Revolving  Loan will be
used,  directly or  indirectly,  to  purchase  or carry any  "margin  stock" (as
defined in Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve
System),  to extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing or carrying
any such margin  stock,  or for any  purpose  that  violates  any  provision  of
Regulations G, T, U or X issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.

     6.15 Location of Collateral.  As of the date hereof, none of the Collateral
to be granted to Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any Relevant Document,  or
to be hereafter conveyed, is or will be located in or on any premises other than
those  premises set forth on Schedule 6.15 annexed  hereto and made part hereof.
Said  Schedule  contains an accurate  record of all of the landlords of property
leased by and mortgagees of property owned by Borrower.

     6.16 Other Liens. Borrower has good and marketable title to and owns all of
the Collateral  and Inventory free and clear of any and all liens,  encumbrances
or security interests whatsoever, except (a) those encumbrances created pursuant
to this Agreement; and (b) those encumbrances set forth on Schedule 6.16 annexed
hereto and made part hereof.  None of the  Collateral or Inventory is subject to
any prohibition against  encumbering,  pledging,  hypothecating or assigning the
same or requires notice or consent prior to Borrower's doing of the same.

     6.17 Books and Records.  Borrower  maintains its books and records relative
to the Collateral at 50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446.

     6.18 Representations and Warranties True, Accurate, and Complete.

     (a) None of the  representations,  warranties or statements  made to Lender
pursuant  hereto  or in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby contains any untrue  statement of a material fact, or omits
or will omit to state a material fact  necessary in order to make the statements
contained  herein and therein,  in light of the  circumstances in which they are
made, not misleading.

     (b) All  warranties  and  representations  made  herein or in the  Relevant
Documents by Borrower  will be true and accurate at the time it requests  Lender
to make Advances to it hereunder.

     6.19 Names; Location of Office.  Schedule 6.19 annexed hereto and made part
hereof sets forth a complete and accurate list of:


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

          (a) All  names by which  the  Borrower  is  known or under  which  the
     Borrower  is  conducting  business,   including,  without  limitation,  its
     corporate names and all trade names; and

          (b) All offices and locations at or out of which the Borrower conducts
     any of its business or operations,  said Schedule 6.19  identifies  each of
     Borrower's chief executive offices if there are more than one.

7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS:

     Until  payment  in full of all  Obligations  and  the  termination  of this
Agreement, Borrower covenants and agrees that it will:

     7.1  Notify  Lender.  Promptly  inform  Lender  if any  one or  more of the
representations  and  warranties  made by Borrower in this  Agreement  or in any
documents  related  hereto  shall no  longer  be  entirely  true,  accurate  and
complete.

     7.2 Pay Taxes and Liabilities;  Comply with Agreements,  Promptly pay, when
due, all  indebtedness,  sums and liabilities of any kind now or hereafter owing
by Borrower to any party however created, incurred, evidenced, acquired, arising
or payable,  including  without  limitation the  Obligations,  income and excise
taxes and taxes with respect to any of the Collateral,  or any wages or salaries
paid by Borrower or otherwise,  except such taxes or liabilities which are being
disputed in good faith in an appropriate  forum for which adequate reserves have
been set aside.

     7.3 Observe Covenants. etc. Observe, perform and comply with the covenants,
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  the Relevant  Documents and any other
agreement or document entered into between Borrower and Lender.

     7.4 Maintain Corporate Existence and Qualifications. Maintain and preserve,
and cause any Subsidiary to maintain and preserve, in full force and effect, its
corporate  existence  and  rights,   franchises,   licenses  and  qualifications
necessary to continue its businesses,  and comply in all material  respects with
all  applicable  statutes,  rules and  regulations  pertaining to the operation,
conduct  and  maintenance  of its  existence  and  business  including,  without
limitation,  all  federal,  state and local  laws  relating  to  Benefit  Plans,
environmental,  safety,  or health  matters,  and  hazardous  or liquid waste or
chemicals  or  other  liquids  (including  use,  sale,  transport  and  disposal
thereof).

     7.5  Information  and Documents to Be Furnished to Lender.  Borrower  shall
furnish to Lender:

          (a) Annual  Financial  Statements.  As soon as  delivered to any other
     creditor, but in no event later than ninety-five (95) days after the end of
     each fiscal year, Borrower's balance


                                      -20-
<PAGE>
     sheet as at the end of such fiscal year, Borrower's statements of cash flow
     for such fiscal year and Borrower's income and surplus  statements for such
     fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, all prepared in accordance with GAAP
     consistently  applied,  on a consolidated and consolidating  basis with the
     Guarantors,  and all audited without qualification by independent certified
     public  accountants  of  recognized   standing  selected  by  Borrower  and
     reasonably  satisfactory  to  Lender,  all in the  form  of  the  Form  10K
     delivered  by Borrower  to the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  and
     certified by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower,  which  certification
     shall  include  evidence  of the  method  of  calculating  compliance  with
     financial covenants (if applicable) and shall affirmatively state as to all
     quarterly  statements  that (i) such  statements  are  true,  accurate  and
     correct,  (ii)  such  statements  were  internally  prepared  generally  in
     accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis and will be subject to
     revisions only to the extent of immaterial year-end  adjustments imposed by
     Borrower's  accountants;  and  (iii) as of the date of such  statements  no
     Event of  Default  or event  which,  but for the lapse of time or giving of
     notice  or both,  would  constitute  an Event of  Default  existed,  and in
     addition to such statements, any supplementary information to the financial
     reports as Lender shall reasonably require.


          (b) Quarterly Financial Statements.  As soon as delivered to any other
     creditor  but in no event  later than sixty (60) days after the end of each
     quarterly  fiscal period of Borrower,  except the fourth such period in any
     fiscal year,  Borrower's  balance  sheet as at the end of such period,  and
     Borrower's   cumulative  income  and  surplus  statements  for  the  period
     beginning  on the  first day of such  fiscal  year and ended on the date of
     such  balance  sheet,  all in  reasonable  detail all  internally  prepared
     generally in accordance with GAAP consistently  applied,  on a consolidated
     and  consolidating  basis with the Guarantors,  all in the form of Form 10Q
     delivered  by Borrower  to the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  and
     certified by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower,  which  certification
     shall  include  evidence  of the  method  of  calculating  compliance  with
     financial  covenants and shall affirmatively state that (i) such statements
     are true,  accurate  and  correct,  (ii) such  statements  were  internally
     prepared  generally in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis
     and will be subject to revisions only to the extent of immaterial  year-end
     adjustments imposed by Borrower's accountants;  and (iii) as of the date of
     such  statements  no Event of Default or event which,  but for the lapse of
     time or  giving of notice or both,  would  constitute  an Event of  Default
     existed, and in addition to such statements,  any supplementary information
     to the financial reports as Lender shall reasonably require.

          (c) Accountant  Privity Letter.  Contemporaneous  with the delivery of
     each of the audited  financial  statements  required by  Subsection  7.5(a)
     above, a written acknowledgment by the accountants auditing such statements
     of Lender's reliance upon such statements in making the Revolving Loans and
     other accommodations contemplated by this Agreement.

          (d)  Attestation  Form.  Contemporaneously  with the  delivery of each
     financial   statement  required  by  Sections  7.5(a)  and  (b)  above,  an
     attestation  form  substantially in the form of Exhibit "B" attached hereto
     and made a part  hereof,  signed by an  authorized  officer of Borrower and
     attesting to the  truthfulness and accuracy of the information set forth in
     such financial statements.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

          (e)  Borrowing  Base  Certificate.  Not  less  than  weekly,  or  more
     frequently if Lender shall require at any time during the continuance of an
     Event of Default  and/or  when the  aggregate  outstanding  Revolving  Loan
     exceeds the Advance  Limit,  a complete,  dated and signed  Borrowing  Base
     Certificate in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

          (f) Daily Reports.  Daily,  if Lender shall require at any time during
     the  continuance  of an Event of Default  and/or the aggregate  outstanding
     Revolving Loan exceeds the Advance Limit, reports of all sales and receipts
     for  the  previous  business  day  together  with  copies  of all  invoices
     evidencing such sales.

          (g) Inventory  Reports.  (i) On or before the tenth (10th) day of each
     month (but on or before the thirtieth  (30th) day of the last month in each
     fiscal year only),  or (ii) more  frequently if Lender shall require at any
     time  during  the  continuance  of an  Event  of  Default  and/or  when the
     aggregate  outstanding  Revolving  Loan exceeds the Advance Limit, a report
     satisfactory to Lender setting forth the type and value of Inventory (which
     value  shall be  determined  on the  basis of the  lower of cost of  market
     values then prevailing) and the location of said Inventory.

          (h) Accounts  Receivable Aging Reports.  On or before the tenth (10th)
     day of each month (but on or before  the  thirtieth  (30th) day of the last
     month in each fiscal  year  only),  a detailed  and  summary  aging  report
     setting forth the amount due and owing on Accounts Receivable on Borrower's
     books  as  of  the  close  of  the   preceding   month,   together  with  a
     reconciliation   report   satisfactory   to  Lender   showing   all  sales,
     collections,  payments and adjustments to Accounts Receivable on Borrower's
     books and showing a  reconciliation,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit
     "C" attached hereto and made a part hereof to Borrower's bank statement(s),
     all as of the close of the preceding month.

          (i)  Accounts  Payable  Reports.  On or before the tenth (10th) day of
     each month (but on or before the thirtieth  (30th) day of the last month in
     each fiscal year only), a detailed  report setting forth the amount due and
     owing on the  Borrower's  accounts  payable on  Borrower's  books as of the
     close of the preceding month, in a form satisfactory to Lender.

          (j) Customer  Lists.  Within thirty (30) days of the execution  hereof
     and annually on the same date of each year thereafter,  a detailed customer
     list  setting  forth each of  Borrower's  customers to whom sales were made
     during the immediately  preceding  twelve (12) month period,  including the
     address, telephone number and contact person for each.

          (k)  Income  Tax  Return.  Within  ten (10)  days of  filing  with the
     Internal  Revenue  Service,  a true and complete copy of its signed Federal
     income  tax  return and of the  signed  Federal  income tax  returns of the
     Guarantors.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

          (l) Change in Status, Immediately,  notice of any change in the status
     of an Account  Receivable or Inventory from that which is Qualified to that
     which is not, if such change would result in the outstanding Revolving Loan
     exceeding the Advance Limit.

          (m) Rejection, Delay, Claims. Immediately,  notice of the rejection of
     goods,  delay  in  performance,  or  claims  made  in  regard  to  Accounts
     Receivable which, would result in the outstanding  Revolving Loan exceeding
     the Advance Limit.

          (n) ERlSA Documents. All ERISA reports, notices, returns and all other
     documents filed as required by or in compliance with ERISA,  whether to the
     Internal  Revenue  Service,  the Department of Labor,  the Pension  Benefit
     Guaranty Corporation or any other appropriate agency, and all documents and
     information distributed to participants in any Plan.

          (o) Notice of Environmental,  Health or Safety Complaints. Within five
     (5)  Banking  Days of  receipt,  notice or copies if written of all claims,
     complaints,  orders,  citations  or notices,  whether  formal or  informal,
     written or oral,  from any  governmental  body or private person or entity,
     relating to air emissions, water discharge, noise emission, solid or liquid
     waste disposal,  hazardous waste or materials,  or any other environmental,
     health  or  safety  matter.   Such  notices  shall  include,   among  other
     information,  the name of the  party who filed  the  claim,  the  potential
     amount of the claim, and the nature of the claim.

          (p) Other Information. Immediately upon demand:

               (i) Certificates of insurance for all policies of insurance to be
          maintained by Borrower pursuant hereto;

               (ii) An estoppel certificate executed by an authorized officer of
          the Borrower indicating that there then exists no Event of Default and
          no event which,  with the giving of notice or lapse of time,  or both,
          would  constitute  an Event of Default  under any  agreement  to which
          Borrower is a party;

               (iii)  All  original  and  other  documents  evidencing  right to
          payment,  including  but not  limited to  invoices,  original  orders,
          shipping and delivery receipts;

               (iv) All information  received by Borrower  indicating an adverse
          change in the financial status or condition of any Account Debtor;

               (v)  Assignments,  in form acceptable to Lender,  of all Accounts
          Receivable,  and  of  the  monies  due or to  become  due on  specific
          contracts  relating  to  the  same  in  any  instance  where  such  an
          assignment  is required  in order for Lender to act upon its  security
          interest in such Accounts; and

               (vi) From time to time,  such  other  information  as Lender  may
          reasonably request.


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     7.6 Access to Records and Property. At any time and from time to time, upon
request by Lender,  give any  representatives  of Lender  access  during  normal
business  hours to,  and permit any of them to  examine,  copy or make  extracts
from, any and all books,  records and documents in the possession of Borrower or
any independent  contractor  relating to Borrower's  affairs and the Collateral,
and to inspect any of its properties wherever located.

     7.7 Comply With Laws.  Comply with the requirements of all applicable laws,
rules,  regulations and orders of any  governmental  authority,  compliance with
which is  necessary to maintain  its  corporate  existence or the conduct of its
business or  noncompliance  with which would materially and adversely affect its
ability to perform  its  responsibilities  or any  security  given to secure its
Obligations.

     7.8  Insurance  Required.  (a) Cause to be  maintained,  in full  force and
effect  on all  property  given  as  collateral  security  for all  Obligations,
insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is  satisfactory  to Lender,
including,  but without  limitation,  product liability,  fire,  boiler,  theft,
burglary,  pilferage,  loss in transit,  and hazard  insurance.  Said  insurance
policy or policies shall:

          (i) Be in a form and with insurers which are satisfactory to Lender;

          (ii) Be for such  risks and for such  insured  values as Lender or its
     assigns may require in order to replace the property in the event of actual
     or constructive total loss;

          (iii) Designate Lender and its assignees,  as additional  insureds and
     lender loss payees as their interests may from time to time appear;

          (iv) Contain a "breach of warranty  clause" whereby the insurer agrees
     that a breach of the insuring  conditions or any  negligence by Borrower or
     any other person shall not  invalidate  the  insurance as to Lender and its
     assigns; and

          (v)  Provide  that  they may not be  canceled  or  materially  altered
     without thirty (30) days prior notice to the Lender and its assigns.

     (b) Additional  Insurance.  Obtain such additional  insurance as Lender may
reasonably require.

     (c) Notice of Loss. In the event of loss or damage, forthwith notify Lender
and file proofs of loss with the appropriate insurer. Borrower hereby authorizes
Lender to endorse any checks or drafts constituting insurance proceeds.

     (d)  Policies  and Proof of  Payment.  Upon  demand,  deliver to Lender the
original of each policy  evidencing  insurance  required to be maintained  under
this Agreement, together with evidence of payment of all premiums therefor.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

     (e)  Proceeds,  Forthwith  upon receipt of insurance  proceeds  endorse and
deliver the same to  Lender.

     (f) No Duty for Lender.  In no event shall Lender be required either to (i)
ascertain  the  existence  of or examine  any  insurance  policy or (ii)  advise
Borrower  in the  event  such  insurance  coverage  shall  not  comply  with the
requirements of this Agreement.

     7.9  Condition of  Property;  No Liens.  Maintain all property  conveyed to
Lender as collateral  security for any  Obligations in good condition and repair
at all times, preserve it against any loss, damage, or destruction of any nature
whatsoever relating to said property or its use, and keep said property free and
clear  of  any  liens  and  encumbrances  whatsoever,  except  those  liens  and
encumbrances created pursuant hereto or disclosed herein.

     7.10  Payment  of  Proceeds.  Forthwith  upon  receipt of all  proceeds  of
Collateral,  pay such  proceeds  over to Lender in the form  received,  and such
proceeds shall thereupon become Lender's sole property.

     7.11 Further  Assurances.  At any time or from time to time upon request of
Lender,  execute and deliver such further  documents  and do such other acts and
things as Lender may  reasonably  request in order to effectuate  more fully the
purposes of this Agreement,  the Relevant  Documents and any other  instruments,
documents and agreements  which shall be executed  simultaneously  herewith,  or
which may  hereafter  be executed by  Borrower  with regard to the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

     7.l2 Pay Legal Fees and Expenses. Pay to Lender, upon demand, together with
interest at the rate set forth in Section 4.3 hereof,  from the date when billed
or advanced by Lender until repaid by Borrower all costs, expenses or other sums
billed or advanced by Lender (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements)
to preserve,  collect, protect its interest in or realize on the Collateral, and
to enforce Lender's rights as against Borrower, any Account Debtor or Guarantor,
or in the  prosecution  or defense of any  action or  proceeding  related to the
subject matter of this Agreement or the Relevant  Documents,  including  without
limitation  legal fees,  expenses and  disbursements  unless a court  determines
otherwise.  All such expenses,  costs and other sums shall be deemed Obligations
secured by the Collateral.

     7.13  Records.  At all times  keep  accurate  and  complete  records of the
Collateral and the status of each Account Receivable.

     7.14 Banking  Relationship.  Borrower shall maintain its primary  operating
account(s) at a branch of Lender.

     7.15 Delivery of Documents.  If any proceeds of Accounts  Receivable  shall
include or any of the Accounts  Receivable  shall be  evidenced by notes,  trade
acceptances  or  instruments  or  documents,  or if any  Inventory is covered by
documents of title or chattel paper, whether or not 

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

negotiable,  Borrower  shall  immediately  deliver them to Lender  appropriately
endorsed.  Borrower waives protest regardless of the form of the endorsement. If
Borrower  fails to endorse any  instrument or document,  Lender is authorized to
endorse it on Borrower's behalf.

     7.16 United States Contracts.  If any of the Qualified Accounts  Receivable
arise  out of  contracts  with  the  United  States  or any of its  departments,
agencies or  instrumentalities,  Borrower will notify Lender, and if required by
Lender,  execute  any  necessary  instruments  in order that all money due or to
become due under such contract  shall be assigned to Lender and proper notice of
the assignment given under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act.

8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS:

     Until  payment in full of all  Obligations,  Borrower  covenants and agrees
that it will not:

     8.1 No Consolidation, Merger, Acquisition. Consolidate with, merge with, or
acquire the stock or assets of any Person,  firm,  joint  venture,  partnership,
corporation,  or other  entity,  whether by merger,  consolidation,  purchase of
stock  or  otherwise,  provided,  however,  that  Borrower  (a) may  merge  with
Guarantor,  Bogen Corporation,  so long as: (i) Borrower is the survivor of such
merger;  (ii) Borrower does not change its name; (iii) there are no encumbrances
on the assets of Bogen  Corporation  existing as of the  effective  date of such
merger;  and (d) the consummation of such merger will not cause or result in the
occurrence  of an Event  of  Default  hereunder;  and (b) may  request  Lender's
consent  for  acquisitions  in the  future  which  Lender  shall  consider  on a
case-by-case basis and any such request shall be subject to Lender's consent.

     8.2 Disposition of Assets or Collateral.  Sell, lease, transfer,  convey or
otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets or Collateral, other than the sale
or lease of Inventory in the ordinary course of business.

     8.3 Other Liens Incur, create or permit to exist any mortgage,  assignment,
pledge,  hypothecation,  security interest,  lien or other encumbrance on any of
its  property or assets,  whether now owned or  hereafter  acquired,  except (a)
liens for taxes not  delinquent;  (b) those liens in favor of Lender  created by
this Agreement and Relevant Documents; and (c) those liens set forth on Schedule
6.16 annexed hereto and made part hereof.

     8.4 Negative Pledges.  Incur, create or permit to exist any negative pledge
in any  other  mortgage,  security  agreement,  pledge,  hypothecation  or other
agreement entered into between Borrower with any other Person.

     8.5  Other  Liabilities,  Incur,  create,  assume  or  permit  to exist any
indebtedness  or liability on account of either  borrowed  money or the deferred
purchase  price  of  property,   except  (a)  Obligations  to  Lender;   or  (b)
indebtedness  subordinated  to payment of the  Obligations  on terms approved by
Lender in writing; or (c) those liabilities existing on the date hereof.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

     8.6 Loans. Make loans to any Person,  except loans to Bogen  Communications
International,  Inc.  which shall not, in the  aggregate,  exceed Three  Hundred
Fifty Thousand  ($350,000.00)  Dollars per annum,  so long as the making of such
loan does not cause or result in the occurrence of an Event of Default.

     8.7  Guarantees.  Except  for the  benefit of  Lender,  assume,  guarantee,
endorse,  contingently  agree to purchase or  otherwise  become  liable upon the
obligation  of any  Person,  firm or entity  except  (a) by the  endorsement  of
negotiable  instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the
ordinary  course of business;  or (b)  contingent  obligations  under letters of
credit  entered  into in the  ordinary  course of business  for the  purchase of
merchandise for resale.

     8.8 Remove  Property.  Remove,  or cause or permit to be removed any of its
Collateral  or assets from those  premises  set forth on Schedule  6.15  annexed
hereto and made part  hereof,  except  for sales of  Inventory  in the  ordinary
course of Borrower's business.

     8.9  Transfers of Notes or Accounts  Receivable.  Sell,  assign,  transfer,
discount or otherwise dispose of any Accounts  Receivable or any promissory note
payable to it with or without recourse,  except for collection  without recourse
in the ordinary course of business.

     8.10 Dividends.  Declare or pay any cash dividend or make any  distribution
on, or redeem, retire or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly,  any share of
its stock,  including all payments to any Person of which Borrower or Borrower's
parent is a Subsidiary, whether characterized as management fees or interest, or
any  other  upstreaming  of funds,  however  characterized  except as  expressly
permitted by Subsection 8.6 above.

     8.11  Modification  of Documents.  Change,  alter or modify,  or permit any
change, alteration or modification of its certificate of incorporation,  by-laws
or other governing documents.

     8.12  Change  Business.  Materially  change  or  alter  the  nature  of its
business.

     8.13  Settlements.  Compromise,  settle or adjust  any claims in a material
amount relating to any of the Collateral.

     8.14 Change Location or Name.  Change the place where its books and records
are maintained or change its name or transact business under any other names.

     8.15  Transactions  With  Affiliates.  Enter into any  transaction  with an
Affiliate or Subsidiary on terms less  advantageous  to Borrower than those that
could be obtained from any other Person in an arms-length transaction.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

     8.16  Sale of  Inventory.  Sell any of its  Inventory  on a  bill-and-hold,
guaranteed sale, sale-and-return,  sale on approval or consignment basis, or any
other  basis  subject to a  repurchase  obligation  or right to  return,  except
Acceptable Conditional Sales.

     8.17  Tangible Net Worth.  Cause,  suffer or permit  Tangible Net Worth (as
hereinafter  defined)  to be or become  less than Four  Million  ($4,000,000.00)
Dollars  as  at  June  30,  1997,  Six  Million  Seven  Hundred  Fifty  Thousand
($6,750,000.00)  Dollars as at December 31,  1997,  and Six Million Nine Hundred
Thousand  ($6,900,000.00) Dollars as at June 30, 1998, and as at the time of any
determination  thereof  thereafter.  For the purposes of this Agreement the term
"Tangible  Net Worth" shall mean, as of the time of any  determination  thereof,
the difference  between (a) the sum of (i) the par value (or value stated on the
books of  Borrower)  of the capital  stock of all  classes of Borrower  plus (or
minus in the case of a deficit) (ii) the amount of Borrower's  surplus,  whether
capital  or  earned,  minus  (b) the sum of  treasury  stock,  unamortized  debt
discount and expense,  good will,  trademarks,  trade names,  patents,  deferred
charges  and  other  intangible  assets,  and any  write-up  of the value of any
assets, all determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

     8.18  Leverage  Ratio.  Cause,  suffer,  or permit the ratio of  Borrower's
Indebtedness  (as  hereinafter  defined) to  Borrower's  Tangible  Net Worth (as
hereinabove  defined),  as  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP  applied  on a
consistent  basis, to exceed:  2.00 to 1.00 as at June 30, 1997, 1.50 to 1.00 as
at December 31, 1997; 1.25 to 1.00 as at June 30, 1998 and as at the time of any
determination thereof thereafter.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  the term
"Indebtedness" shall mean all obligations of Borrower, which, in accordance with
GAAP, should be classified upon the balance sheet of Borrower as liabilities, or
to which  reference  should  be made by  footnotes  thereto,  including  without
limitation, in any event and whether or not so classified:  all debt and similar
monetary obligations; all obligations arising or incurred under or in respect of
any guarantees  (whether direct or indirect) of liabilities of any other Person;
all obligation  arising or incurred  under or in respect of any mortgage,  lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon or in property owned
by Borrower for the benefit of any other  Person,  even though  Borrower has not
assumed or become liable for the payment of the obligations secured thereby.

     8.19  Pretax  Profit.  Cause,  suffer  or  permit  Borrower's  net  profit,
determined in accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent  basis (but prior to
deductions for taxes and  extraordinary  items), to be or become less than Seven
Hundred Fifty  Thousand  ($750,000.00)  Dollars as at June 30, 1997, One Million
Two Hundred Fifty Thousand  ($1,250,000.00) Dollars as at December 31, 1997, and
Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand ($850,000.00) Dollars as at June 30, 1998 and as at
any time of the determination thereof thereafter.

     8.20 Capital Expenditures. Enter into any agreements to purchase or pay for
or become obligated to pay for capital expenditures,  long term leases,  capital
leases and/or sale lease-backs  during any fiscal year in an amount  aggregating
in excess of One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars.


                                      -28-
<PAGE>

9. MISCELLANEOUS RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF LENDER:

     9.1 Charges Against Credit Balances.  Lender,  without demand and acting in
its sole and absolute discretion, in each instance, may charge and withdraw from
any  credit  balance  which  Borrower  may then have  with  Lender or any of its
branches,  or which  Borrower may have with any affiliate of Lender,  any amount
which shall become due from Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement.

     9.2 Remittances.  Borrower covenants and agrees (a) to receive in trust for
Lender, all payments for the sale of goods or the performance of services and in
each case, whether by cash, checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other forms of
payment;  and (b) deliver such payments to Lender in the identical form in which
received.

     9.3  Collections;  Modification  of  Terms.  Lender  may,  in its  sole and
absolute  discretion,  and at any  time  after  the  occurrence  or  during  the
continuance  of an Event of  Default,  with  respect  to any of the  Collateral,
demand,  sue for, collect or receive any money or property,  at any time payable
or receivable on account of or in exchange for, or make any compromises it deems
desirable including without limitation extending the time of payment,  arranging
for payment in  installments,  or otherwise  modifying  the terms or rights with
respect to any of the Collateral, all of which may be effected without notice to
or consent by Borrower  and  without  otherwise  discharging  or  affecting  the
Obligations, the Collateral or the security interests granted hereunder.

     9.4 Notification of Account  Debtors.  At any time after the occurrence and
during the  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  Lender may notify the Account
Debtors on any of the Accounts  Receivable  to make payment  directly to Lender,
and Lender may endorse all items of payment  received by it which are payable to
Borrower.  Borrower,  at the request of Lender, shall notify the Account Debtors
of Lender's  security  interest in its Accounts  Receivable.  Until such time as
Lender elects to exercise its right of  notification,  Borrower is authorized to
collect and enforce the Accounts  Receivable  under the terms and conditions set
forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

     9.5 Uniform  Commercial Code. At all times prior and subsequent to an Event
of Default, Lender shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform  Commercial  Code as enacted in New Jersey,  as the same
may be amended from time to time, (N.J.S.A.  12A:9-101 et seq.), with respect to
all Collateral.

     9.6  Preservation  of  Collateral.  At all times prior and subsequent to an
Event of Default hereunder, Lender may take any and all action which in its sole
and absolute  discretion is necessary and proper to preserve its interest in the
Collateral,  including without limitation the payment of debts of Borrower which
might in  Lender's  sole and  absolute  discretion,  impair  the  Collateral  or
Lender's  security  interest  therein,  purchasing  insurance on the Collateral,
repairing the Collateral,  or paying taxes or assessments  thereon, and the sums
so expended by Lender shall be secured by the Collateral,  shall be added to the
amount of the Obligation due Lender and shall


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

be payable on demand  with  interest at the rate set forth in Section 4.3 hereof
from the date expended by Lender until repaid by Borrower.

     9.7 Mails. From and after an Event of Default, Lender is authorized to (and
Borrower shall, upon request of Lender) notify the postal authorities to deliver
all mail,  correspondence  or parcels  addressed  to  Borrower to Lender at such
address as Lender may direct,  provided,  however,  that Lender  shall  promptly
forward all mail to Borrower which is unrelated to the Collateral.

     9.8 Lender's Right to Cure. In the event Borrower shall fail to perform any
of its responsibilities  hereunder or under any of the Relevant Documents,  then
Lender, in addition to all of its rights and remedies hereunder, may perform the
same,  but shall not be obligated to do so, at the cost and expense of Borrower.
In any such event,  Borrower  shall  promptly  reimburse  Lender  together  with
interest at the rate set forth in Section 4.3 hereof from the date such sums are
expended until repaid by Borrower.

     9.9  Test  Verifications.   Lender  shall  have  the  right  to  make  test
verifications of any and all Accounts Receivable in any manner,  whether oral or
written,  and  through  any  medium,  including  telephonically,   which  Lender
considers  advisable,  and Borrower  shall render any  necessary  assistance  to
Lender.

     9.10 Power of Attorney.  Lender is hereby irrevocably appointed by Borrower
as its lawful  attorney and agent in fact to execute  financing  statements  and
other  documents and  agreements as Lender may deem necessary for the purpose of
perfecting any security interests,  mortgages or liens under any applicable law.
Further, Lender is hereby authorized to file on behalf of Borrower, in its name,
and at its expense,  such financing  statements,  documents or agreements in any
appropriate  governmental office.  Borrower hereby grants a Power of Attorney to
Lender to endorse Borrower's names on checks, notes, acceptances, drafts and any
other instruments requiring Borrower's endorsement,  to change the address where
Borrower's  mail  should be sent and to open all mail and to do such  other acts
and things  necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.  All acts by
the Lender or its designee are hereby  ratified  and  approved,  and neither the
Lender, nor its designee shall be liable for any acts of omission or commission,
or for any error of judgment or mistake,  except for gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  Borrower hereby grants a Power of Attorney to Lender to file proofs
of loss respecting the Collateral  with the  appropriate  insurer and to endorse
any checks or drafts  constituting  insurance  proceeds.  The powers of attorney
granted  to  Lender in this  Agreement  are  coupled  with an  interest  and are
irrevocable so long as this Agreement is in force or any Obligation shall remain
unpaid.  Although  fully vested  hereby as Borrower's  attorney-in-fact,  Lender
shall refrain from  exercising  such powers unless and until an Event of Default
occurs hereunder.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>

10. CONDITIONS TO MAKING EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT:

     10.1 Initial  Extension  of Credit.  The  obligation  of Lender to make the
first Advance  hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions precedent:

          (a) Loan Documents. Receipt by Lender of a fully executed copy of this
     Agreement with complete Schedules and all Related Documents.

          (b) Financing  Statements.  Receipt by Lender of verification that all
     required Uniform Commercial Code Financing  Statements requested by it have
     been filed in the appropriate jurisdiction(s).

          (c) Landlord's  Waivers.  Receipt by Lender of landlord's  waivers for
     each real  property  location  occupied by Borrower,  executed by the owner
     and/or lessor of such location.

          (d)  Guaranty  Agreement.  Receipt by Lender of a  guaranty  agreement
     executed by the  Guarantors in form and substance  acceptable to Lender and
     its  counsel  and any  Relevant  Document  to be  delivered  in  connection
     therewith.

          (e)  Deposit  Account;  Lockbox  Agreements.  Receipt by Lender of (i)
     evidence satisfactory to it that Borrower has opened a deposit account with
     Lender, and (ii) the fully executed lockbox agreement.

          (f)  Insurance.  Receipt by Lender of copies of  Borrower's  insurance
     policies   containing   a  long-form   lender  loss   payable   endorsement
     satisfactory  to Lender  and which in all other  respects  comply  with the
     requirements hereof.

          (g)  Searches.  Receipt  by  Lender  of lien,  judgment  and  standing
     searches  with  respect to  Borrower  and each  Guarantor  satisfactory  to
     Lender.

          (h) Inventory Appraisal. Receipt by Lender of Inventory appraisals for
     all locations  operated by Borrower in form and substance  satisfactory  to
     Lender.

          (i) Field Examination.  Completion by Lender of its field examinations
     of Borrower's Accounts and Inventory, with results satisfactory to Lender.

          (j) Accountant Review Letter. Receipt by Lender of a written review by
     Borrower's  accountant,  of  Borrower's  financial  statement for the third
     quarterly fiscal period of 1996.

          (k) Completion of Due Diligence.  Receipt by Lender of all information
     requested from Borrower in connection with Lender's due diligence review of
     Borrower and all other  parties,  and  completion of such review by Lender,
     with results satisfactory to Lender.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>

          (l)  Officer's   Certificate.   Receipt  by  Lender  of  an  officer's
     certificate  for  Borrower  and each  Guarantor,  showing  the names of the
     officers,  directors and  shareholders  (except for any public  company) of
     such Person with their  respective  titles and  appending  as exhibits  all
     governing documents and enabling resolutions for this transaction.

          (m) Opinion of Counsel. Receipt by Lender of an opinion of the counsel
     to Borrower  and the  Guarantors,  addressed  to Lender and in all respects
     satisfactory  to Lender  and its  counsel  including,  without  limitation,
     confirmation  of  the  status  of  the  outstanding   accounts  payable  to
     Borrower's supplier, Reshef, Inc.

          (n) Borrowing Base Certificate.  Receipt by Lender of a Borrowing Base
     Certificate,  dated as of the date  hereof and  executed  by an  authorized
     officer of  Borrower,  evidencing  sufficient  availability  to support the
     initial Advance requested hereunder.

          (o)  Payoff  Letters/Termination.  Receipt  by Lender  of (i)  pay-off
     letters from each existing  lender to Borrower whose loans are being repaid
     with proceeds of the Loans in form satisfactory to Lender; and (ii) receipt
     of all UCC  Termination  Statements and other  documents and instruments of
     termination and release necessary so that the security interests granted to
     Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the Relevant  Documents are first and
     prior liens and security interests.

          (p) Fees. Receipt by Lender of all fees and expenses which are payable
     to Lender, its counsel, or to third-party  providers of services related to
     the closing of this transaction.

          (q) Existing Lockbox.  Receipt by Lender,  within forty-five (45) days
     of the date hereof,  written  confirmation  that Borrower's  lockbox at PNC
     Bank, N.A. has been closed.

          (r)  Miscellaneous.   Receipt  by  Lender  of  such  other  documents,
     instruments,  records,  opinions,  assurances  and  papers as Lender or its
     counsel may reasonably require,  all in form and substance  satisfactory to
     Lender and its counsel.

10.2 Conditions to All Advances.

     (a)  Lender's  obligation  to advance  any  Revolving  Loan or to issue any
Letter  of Credit  is  subject  to the  condition  that,  as of the date of such
advance or issuance,  no Event of Default or event which,  for the lapse of time
or giving of notice or both would  constitute  an Event of  Default,  shall have
occurred and be continuing.

     (b) Borrower's acceptance of each Revolving Loan under this Agreement shall
constitute reaffirmation of all representations and warranties set forth herein.


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

11. DEFAULT:

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

     11.1  Failure  to Pay.  Borrower  fails  to pay,  when due any  payment  of
principal,  interest or other  charges  due and owing to Lender  pursuant to any
Obligations  of  Borrower  to  Lender  including,   without  limitation,   those
Obligations  arising  pursuant to this  Agreement or any Relevant  Document,  or
under any other  agreement  for the  payment of monies  then due and  payable to
Lender;

     11.2  Failure to  Perform.  Borrower's  failure  to perform or observe  any
covenant, term or condition of this Agreement or under any Relevant Documents to
be performed or observed by Borrower;

     11.3  Cross  Default;  Default  on  Other  Debt.  A  default  on any of the
Obligations  (with the exception of defaults covered by Subsection 11.1 and 11.2
above) or any default on any other obligation or indebtedness of Borrower or any
Guarantor to any Person so that the holder of such  indebtedness  declares  such
indebtedness  due prior to its date of maturity  because of  Borrower's  or such
Guarantor's default thereunder;

     11.4 False Representation or Warranty. Borrower or any Guarantor shall have
made any  statement,  representation  or  warranty in this  Agreement  or in any
document or certificate  executed by Borrower incident to this Agreement,  which
is at any time found to have been false in any material respect at the time such
representation or warranty was made;

     11.5 Petition by or Against  Borrower.  Borrower or any Guarantor ceases to
do business as a going concern,  or there is filed by or against Borrower or any
Guarantor,  any petition with respect to its own financial  condition  under any
bankruptcy law or any amendment thereto (including without limitation a petition
for reorganization, arrangement or extension) or under any other insolvency laws
providing for the relief of debtors and, in the case of involuntary  proceedings
only, such proceeding is not stayed or dismissed within  forty-five (45) days of
its filing;

     11.6 Appointment of Receiver. A receiver,  custodian,  trustee, conservator
or  liquidator  is  appointed  for  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor,  or  all  or a
substantial  part  of  its  assets;  or  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor  shall  be
adjudicated bankrupt,  insolvent or in need of any relief provided to debtors by
any court;

     11.7 Judgments;  Levies.  If any final judgment or judgments  (except those
covered by insurance), or any levy, sequestration,  or attachment,  which in the
aggregate exceed $25,000.00,  against Borrower or its property,  remains unpaid,
undischarged,  unsatisfied,  unbonded or undismissed for a period of thirty (30)
days after Borrower has received notification of the entry thereof;


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

     11.8 Change in Condition.  There occurs any material and adverse  change in
the  condition  or  affairs,  financial  or  otherwise,  of  Borrower  or of any
Guarantor  which,  in the  opinion  of  Lender,  impairs  Lender's  security  or
increases its risk;

     11.9 Change in Ownership/Management. At any time there is any change in the
ownership of a controlling or significant interest (more than 30%) of the issued
and outstanding  voting stock of Borrower or any material and adverse change (as
reasonably determined by Lender) in the management of Borrower;

     11.10  Liquidation or Dissolution.  The liquidation  and/or  dissolution of
Borrower or any Guarantor;

     11.11  Environmental  Claim.  At any time  the  Lender  determines  that an
environmental  claim  will have a  potentially  material  adverse  effect on the
financial condition of Borrower; or

     11.12  Failure  to  Notify.  If at any time the  Borrower  fails to provide
Lender immediately with notice or copies, if written, of all complaints, orders,
citations or notices with respect to environmental,  health or safety complaints
as required by Section 7.5.

12. REMEDIES:

     12.1 Acceleration;  Proceed Against  Collateral.  Upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default:

          (a) The total  amount  (the  "Default  Amount")  of (i) the  aggregate
     amount of all  Obligations  for  principal  and  interest,  including  late
     charges thereon, and all other sums which are then due and unpaid; and (ii)
     an amount equal to the aggregate  amount of all  principal  remaining to be
     repaid on all Obligations; and (iii) interest on the foregoing sums, at the
     rate provided for in Section 4.3 hereof, from said occurrence until paid in
     full shall,  at the option of Lender,  become  immediately  due and payable
     without notice or demand; and

          (b) Lender may forthwith  give written  notice to Borrower,  whereupon
     Borrower shall, at its expense,  promptly  deliver any or all Collateral to
     such place as Lender may designate, or Lender shall have the right to enter
     upon the  premises  where the  Collateral  is  located  and take  immediate
     possession of and remove the Collateral  without liability to Lender except
     such as is occasioned by the gross  negligence of Lender,  its employees or
     agents.  In the event Lender obtains  possession of the Collateral,  Lender
     may sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose of any or all of the  Collateral  at
     public or  private  sale,  at such price or prices as Lender may deem best,
     either for cash, on credit,  or for future delivery,  in bulk or in parcels
     and/or lease or retain the  Collateral  repossessed  using it or keeping it
     idle.  Notice  of any  sale or  other  disposition  shall  be  given to the
     Borrower  at least ten (10) days  before the time of any  intended  sale or
     disposition  of the  Collateral  is to be made,  which the Borrower  hereby
     agrees shall be reasonable notice of such sale or other disposition. Lender
     may also elect to retain the Collateral or any part thereof


                                      -34-
<PAGE>

     in satisfaction  of Borrower's  Obligations.  The proceeds,  if any, of any
     such sale or leasing by Lender shall be applied:  First,  to the payment of
     all fees and expenses incurred by Lender,  including without limitation any
     reasonable  legal fees and expenses;  Second,  to pay the Default Amount to
     the extent not previously  paid by Borrower;  and Third,  to pay any excess
     remaining thereafter to Borrower.

     12.2 Set-off.

     (a) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  Lender  shall  have the
right,  immediately and without notice or other action to set-off against any of
the Borrower's  liabilities to Lender any money owed by Lender (or any affiliate
of Lender) in any capacity to Borrower,  whether or not due, and Lender shall be
deemed to have exercised such right of set-off and to have made a charge against
any such money  immediately  upon the  occurrence  of such Event of Default even
though the actual book entries may be made at a time subsequent thereto.

     (b) If other lenders have  participated with the Lender with respect to the
Lender's  making  loans to the  Borrower  pursuant  to the terms  hereof,  then,
Borrower hereby authorizes such other participating lenders, upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default,  immediately and without notice or other action,  at the
request of Lender,  to set off  against  any of the  Borrower's  liabilities  to
Lender any money owed by such participating lenders in any capacity to Borrower,
whether or not due, and to remit the monies set off to the Lender.

     12.3 Cumulative Remedies; Waivers. No remedy referred to herein is intended
to be  exclusive,  but each shall be  cumulative  and in  addition  to any other
remedy  referred to above or otherwise  available to Lender at law or in equity.
No  express  or  implied  waiver by Lender of any  default  or Event of  Default
hereunder  shall in any way be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any future or
subsequent  default  or Event of  Default.  The  failure  or delay of  Lender in
exercising  any rights  granted it hereunder  upon any  occurrence of any of the
contingencies  set forth herein shall not  constitute a waiver of any such right
upon the  continuation  or  recurrence  of any  such  contingencies  or  similar
contingencies  and any single or partial  exercise  of any  particular  right by
Lender  shall not  exhaust  the same or  constitute  a waiver of any other right
provided herein.  The Events of Default and remedies thereon are not restrictive
of and shall be in addition to any and all other  rights and  remedies of Lender
provided for by this Agreement and applicable law.

     12.4 WAIVE JURY  TRIAL.  LENDER AND  BORROWER  HEREBY  WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO A
TRIAL  BY JURY  IN ANY  LITIGATION  RELATING  TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  RELEVANT
DOCUMENTS OR OTHER AGREEMENTS OR INSTRUMENTS BETWEEN THEM.

     12.5 Costs and Expenses.  Borrower  shall be liable for all costs,  charges
and expenses,  including reasonable attorney's fees and disbursements,  incurred
by Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default or the exercise of
the Lender's remedies with respect thereto.


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

     12.6 No  Marshalling.  Lender shall be under no  obligation  whatsoever  to
proceed first against any of the Collateral before proceeding  against any other
of the  Collateral.  It is  expressly  understood  and  agreed  that  all of the
Collateral  stands as equal security for all Obligations,  and that Lender shall
have the right to proceed  against any or all of the Collateral in any order, or
simultaneously, as in its sole and absolute discretion it shall determine. It is
further  understood  and agreed that Lender  shall have the right,  as it in its
sole  and  absolute  discretion  shall  determine,  to  sell  any  or all of the
Collateral in any order or simultaneously.

l3. WAIVERS, CONSENTS:

     13.1 Waivers.  Borrower waives demand,  presentment,  notice of dishonor or
protest of any instruments either of Borrower or others which may be included in
the Collateral or which may evidence the Obligations.

     l3.2 Consents. Borrower consents:

          (a) To any extension,  postponement of time of payment,  indulgence or
     to any substitution, exchange or release of Collateral.

          (b) To any addition to, or release of, any party or persons  primarily
     or secondarily  liable,  or acceptance of partial  payments on any Accounts
     Receivable or instruments  and the  settlement,  compromising or adjustment
     thereof which shall be in compliance with Section 9.3 at all times.

14. SURVIVAL;

     All  representations  and warranties  made herein or in any  certificate or
instrument contemplated hereby shall survive any independent  investigation made
by  Lender  and  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement,   and  said
certificates  or instruments  and shall continue so long as any  Obligations are
outstanding and unsatisfied,  applicable  statutes of limitation to the contrary
notwithstanding.

15. EFFECT OF HOLIDAYS:

     If any  payment  pursuant  to this  Agreement  becomes due and payable on a
Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday under the laws of the State of New Jersey, the
maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Banking Day.


                                      -36-
<PAGE>

16. NOTICES:

     16.1  Written;   Effective  Date.  All  notices  and  other  communications
hereunder  shall be in writing,  shall be deemed to have been duly given  either
when sent, postage prepaid,  by certified mail, return receipt requested or when
deposited with a recognized overnight courier and shall be deemed received three
(3) Banking Days after deposit with the United States Postal Service and one (1)
Banking Day after deposit with a recognized  overnight courier. Any notification
of a sale or other  disposition  of  Collateral  or any  other  action by Lender
required to be given by Lender  shall be  sufficient  if given not less than ten
(10) days  prior to the days on which  such sale or other  disposition  would be
made, and such notification shall be deemed reasonable notice.

     16.2 To  Lender.  Notices  to Lender  shall be  directed  to the  following
address:

      Summit Bank
      750 Walnut Avenue
      Cranford, New Jersey 07016
      Attn: Asset-Based Lending

     16.3 To  Borrower.  Notice to Borrower  shall be directed to the  following
address:

      Bogen Communications, Inc
      50 Spring Street
      Ramsey, New Jersey 07446
      Attn: Chief Financial Officer

17. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT:

     17.1 Termination by Lender. Lender may terminate this Agreement at any time
on or after February 5, 1999, whereupon the Obligations shall be due and payable
immediately.

     17.2  Termination  by Borrower.  (a) Borrower may terminate  this Agreement
without  premium or penalty at any time on or after  February 5, 1999,  upon not
less than  ninety (90) days' prior  written  notice to Lender.  Upon giving such
notice,  this Agreement shall  thereafter  terminate if and only if the Borrower
has paid to the Lender in full all of the Obligations.

     (b)  Anything  contained  in  Subsection  17.2(a)  above  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,  Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time by repaying,
in full,  all of the  Obligations  accompanied by a prepayment fee calculated as
follows:


                                      -37-
<PAGE>

          (i) If this  Agreement is  terminated at any time prior to February 5,
     1998, then  there shall  be due  a prepayment fee equal to one and one-half
    (1 1/2%) percent of the Line of Credit; and

          (ii) If this  Agreement is terminated at any time on or after February
     5, 1998 but prior to February 5, 1999, or at any time  thereafter with less
     than  ninety  (90) days' prior  written  notice,  then there shall be due a
     prepayment fee of one-half (1/2%) percent of the Line of Credit.

     (c) No  prepayment  fee  shall  be due (i)  upon  any  termination  of this
Agreement in conjunction with Borrower's refinancing of the Revolving Loans with
another  department  of Lender;  or (ii) upon  payment in full upon the maturity
date whether or not prior written notice is given.

     17.3 Rights  Upon  Termination.  Notwithstanding  the  termination  of this
Agreement as herein provided,  Lender's security  interest,  rights and remedies
herein set forth  shall  remain in full force and  effect  until all  Borrower's
Obligations are paid in full.

18. INDEMNITIES BY BORROWER:

     18.1 (a) Yield Protection.  If any statute or governmental  regulation,  or
the  interpretation  or  application  thereof  by any court or any  governmental
authority charged with the  administration  thereof,  or the compliance with any
guideline  or request  from any central  bank or other  governmental  authority,
whether or not having the force of law:

          (i) subjects the Lender to any tax, levy, impost,  charge,  fee, duty,
     deduction or withholding of any kind hereunder  (other than any tax imposed
     or based  upon the income of the  Lender  and  payable to any  governmental
     authority or taxing  authority of the United States of America or any state
     thereof) or changes  the basis of  taxation  of the Lender with  respect to
     payments by the Borrower of  principal,  interest or other amounts due from
     the Borrower  hereunder  (other than any change which  affects,  and to the
     extent that it affects, the taxation by the United States of America or any
     state thereof of the total net income of the Lender); or

          (ii)  imposes,  modifies  or deems  applicable  any  reserve,  special
     deposit, special assessment or similar requirements against assets held by,
     deposits with or for the account or credit extended by the Lender; or

          (iii) imposes upon the Lender any other condition with respect to this
     Agreement,  and the result of any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost
     to the Lender,  reduce the income receivable by the Lender, reduce the rate
     of return on the Lender's  capital or impose any expense upon the Lender by
     an amount which the Lender in its discretion deems to be material, the


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

     Lender shall from time to time notify the Borrower of the amount determined
     by the  Lender  (which  determination,  absent  manifest  error,  shall  be
     conclusive)  to be  reasonably  necessary to  compensate  the Lender (on an
     after-tax basis) for such increase in cost, reduction in income,  reduction
     in rate of return or additional  expense,  setting  forth the  calculations
     therefor,  and the  Borrower  shall  pay  such  amount  to the  Lender,  as
     additional consideration hereunder,  within ten (10) days of the Borrower's
     receipt of such notice.  All such amounts shall be part of the  Obligations
     and shall bear  interest  at the rate set forth in Section  4.3 if not paid
     when due.

     (b)  Method of  Calculation.  In  determining  the  amount  due the  Lender
hereunder by reason of the  application of this  Subsection,  the Lender may use
any reasonable  averaging or attribution  method;  provided,  however,  that the
Lender must use reasonable efforts to minimize such losses and costs.

     18.2 Capital Adequacy.  If (a) any adoption of, change in or interpretation
of  any  statute  or  governmental  regulation  applicable  to  Lender,  or  (b)
compliance with any guideline, request or direction of any central bank or other
governmental  authority or quasi-governmental  authority exercising control over
banks or financial institutions  generally, or any court requires the agreements
of Lender hereunder be treated as an asset or otherwise be included for purposes
of calculating the appropriate  amount of capital to be maintained by the Lender
or any corporation  controlling  the Lender (a "Capital  Adequacy  Event"),  the
result of which is to reduce  the rate of return on the  Lender's  capital  as a
consequence  of such  requirement  to a level below that which the Lender  could
have achieved but for such Capital Adequacy Event, taking into consideration the
Lender's  policies  with  respect to capital  adequacy,  by an amount  which the
Lender deems to be material, the Lender shall promptly deliver to the Borrower a
statement of the amount  necessary to compensate the Lender for the reduction in
the rate of return on its capital attributable to such commitments (the "Capital
Compensation  Amount").  The Lender  shall  determine  the Capital  Compensation
Amount in good faith, using reasonable  attribution and averaging  methods.  The
Lender shall from time to time notify the  Borrower of the amount so  determined
(which determination,  absent manifest error, shall be conclusive).  Such amount
shall be due and payable by the  Borrower to the Lender ten (10)  business  days
after such notice is given.  All such amounts  shall be part of the  Obligations
and shall bear interest at the rate set forth in Subsection 4.3 if not paid when
due.

     18.3  Indemnification  of Lender.  Borrower hereby  covenants and agrees to
indemnify,  defend  and  hold  harmless  Lender  and  its  officers,  directors,
employees and agents from and against any and all claims, damages,  liabilities,
costs and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  the  reasonable  fees and
out-of-pocket  expenses of counsel) which may be incurred by or asserted against
Lender or any such other individual or entity, except as a result of their gross
negligence or willful misconduct in connection with:

          (a) any  investigation,  action or proceeding arising out of or in any
     way  relating  to  this  Agreement,  any  Relevant  Documents,  any  of the
     Revolving Loans, any of the Collateral,  or any act or omission relating to
     any of the foregoing; or


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

          (b) any taxes (except taxes imposed with reference to Lender's  income
     or continued corporate existence),  liabilities, claims or damages relating
     to the Collateral or Lender's liens thereon; or

          (c) the  correctness,  validity or genuineness  of any  instruments or
     documents  that may be released  or  endorsed to Borrower by Lender  (which
     shall  automatically  be deemed  to be  without  recourse  to Lender in any
     event), or the existence, character, quantity, quality, condition, value or
     delivery of any goods  purporting to be represented by any such  documents;
     or

          (d) any broker's commission,  finder's fee or similar charge or fee in
     connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

     18.4 Claims by Borrower Limited. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
no claims may be made by Borrower or any other person  against  Lender or any of
its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or consultants
for any special,  indirect,  consequential or punitive damages in respect of any
claim for breach of contract,  tort or any other theory of liability arising out
of or related to the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or any act,
omission or event  occurring in connection  therewith  except those arising as a
result of the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of Lender or any of its
affiliates,  directors,  officers,  employees, agents, attorneys or consultants;
and Borrower  hereby  waives,  releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for
any such  damages,  whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected
to exist in its  favor.  Neither  Lender nor any of its  Affiliates,  directors,
officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to
be taken  by it or them  under  or in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or the
transactions  contemplated hereby,  except for its or their own gross negligence
or willful misconduct.

19. AMENDMENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS:

     19.1 Amendment.  The terms of this Agreement shall not be waived,  altered,
modified, amended, supplemented or terminated in any manner whatsoever except by
a written instrument signed by Lender and Borrower.

     19.2 Binding on Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors  and
assigns.

     19.3 Invalidity. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by
competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall,
as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective  to the extent of such  prohibition or
unenforceability  without  invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.


                                      -40-
<PAGE>

     19.4 Gender.  Throughout  this  Agreement,  the masculine shall include the
feminine  and vice  versa and the  singular  shall  include  the plural and vice
versa, unless the context of this Agreement indicates otherwise.

     19.5 Cross Default/Cross Collateral.  All other agreements between Borrower
and Lender and/or any of Lender's  affiliates or subsidiaries are hereby amended
so that a default under this  Agreement is a default under all other  agreements
and a default  under any one of the other  agreements  is a default  under  this
Agreement.  Further,  such  agreements are amended so that the Collateral  under
this Agreement  secures the Obligations now or hereafter  outstanding  under all
other  agreements  of  Borrower  with  Lender  and/or  Lender's   affiliates  or
subsidiaries  and the collateral  pledged under any other  agreement with Lender
and/or  its  affiliates  or  subsidiaries  secures  the  Obligations  under this
Agreement.

     19.6 Expenses of Lender.  Borrower  agrees to pay all costs and expenses of
the  Lender  in  connection  with  the  preparation,   execution,  delivery  and
administration of this Agreement or any amendments,  extensions or modifications
thereto and other  instruments  and  documents to be executed  contemporaneously
herewith,  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees and out of pocket expenses of
counsel for Lender,  which fees and costs  shall not, in the  aggregate,  exceed
Twenty  Thousand  ($20,000.00)  Dollars for the  documentation,  negotiation and
closing of this Agreement.

     19.7 Section and Paragraph Headings. Section and paragraph headings are for
convenience only and shall not be construed as part of this Agreement.

     19.8 Law/Forum.  (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance  with,
and shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     (b) Lender and Borrower  hereby  consent to the  jurisdiction  of the State
Courts of the State of New Jersey or the Federal  Courts of the  District of New
Jersey and hereby  agree that the defense of forum non  conveniens  shall not be
brought in response to any action brought in such Courts.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  caused  these  presents to be
executed by their proper corporate  officers and sealed with their seals the day
and year first above written.

ATTEST:                                 BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
BY:  /s/ Frank DiPalma                  BY: /s/ Yoav M. Cohen
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------
   FRANK DIPALMA, Assistant Secretary      YOAV M. COHEN, Vice President, 
                                           Finance

                                      -41-
<PAGE>


                                        SUMMIT BANK
                                        By: /s/ Robert Munns
                                           ------------------------------
                                           ROBERT MUNNS, Vice President

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 1.K

                            Description of Collateral

     (a) Accounts, as that term is defined by the Uniform Commercial Code of the
State of New Jersey and in addition thereto,  all obligations of any kind at any
time due and/or owing to Borrower and all rights of Borrower to receive  payment
or any other consideration (whether classified under the Uniform Commercial Code
of the State of New  Jersey or any other  state as  accounts,  contract  rights,
chattel  paper,  General  Intangibles,  leases or otherwise)  including  without
limitation, invoices, contract rights, accounts receivable, General Intangibles,
leases choses-in-action,  notes, drafts, acceptances, instruments, and all other
debts,  obligations  and liabilities in whatever form owing to Borrower from any
person,  firm,  governmental  authority,  corporation  or any other entity,  all
security therefor,  and all Borrower's rights to goods sold (whether  delivered,
undelivered,  in transit or returned), which may be represented thereby, whether
now existing or hereafter  arising,  together  with all proceeds and products of
any and all of the foregoing.

     (b)  Equipment,  which shall mean,  in addition to the  definition  thereof
contained  in the  Uniform  Commercial  Code of the  State  of New  Jersey,  all
equipment,  machinery,  furniture,  fixtures, and all other tangible assets, and
all replacements,  repairs, modifications,  alterations, additions, controls and
operating accessories therefor, all substitutions and replacements therefor, and
all  accessions  and  additions  thereto and all  proceeds  and  products of the
foregoing now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower.

     (c) General Intangibles, which shall mean and include all of the Borrower's
now owned or hereafter acquired choses in action, causes of action and all other
intangible personal property including,  without limitation,  corporate or other
business records, inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, trademarks,
trademark  applications,  trade names, trade secrets, good will,  registrations,
copyrights,  licenses,  franchises,  customer  lists,  tax  refunds,  tax refund
claims,  insurance  claims,  rights and claims against carriers and shippers and
rights to indemnification.

     (d)  Inventory,  which  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in the  Uniform
Commercial Code of the State of New Jersey and in addition  thereto,  all goods,
merchandise  or other  tangible  personal  property held by Borrower for sale or
lease or to be  furnished  under  labels and other  devices,  the names or marks
affixed thereto for purposes of selling or identifying the same or the seller or
manufacturer  thereof, and all right, title and interest of Borrower therein and
thereto, all raw materials,  work or goods in process, or materials and supplies
of every nature used, consumed or to be consumed in the Borrower's business, all
packaging  and shipping  materials,  and all proceeds and products of any of the
foregoing,  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired by  Borrower,  and wherever
located.

     (e)  Machinery,  which  shall mean and  include,  without  limitation,  all
inanimate mechanisms for utilizing or applying power including the appurtenances
thereto used by or for

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

Borrower in the operation of its businesses and all accessories,  substitutions,
additions,  replacements  and parts  thereof,  whether  now  owned or  hereafter
acquired.

     (f)  Merchandise,  which shall include all goods,  inventory,  chattels and
other personal property of Borrower, now owned or hereafter acquired.

     (g) Any claims of Borrower  against third parties for loss or damage to, or
destruction of, any and all of the foregoing, all guarantees, security and liens
for  payment  of any  Accounts  Receivable  and  documents  of title,  policies,
certificates of insurance,  insurance proceeds,  securities,  chattel paper, and
other documents and instruments evidencing or pertaining thereto, and all files,
correspondence,  computer  programs,  tapes,  discs and related data  processing
software  owned by Borrower or in which  Borrower has an interest  which contain
information  identifying any one or more of the items in (a), (b) and (c) above,
this subsection (d), or (e), (f) or (g) below, or any Account Borrower,  showing
the amounts owed by each,  payments thereon or otherwise necessary or helpful in
the realization thereon or the collection thereof.

     (h)  Any and all  monies,  securities,  drafts,  notes,  contracts  leases,
licenses,  General  Intangibles,  and  other  property  of  Borrower,  including
customer  lists and all proceeds and products  thereof,  and all other assets of
Borrower,  now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to the Lender from
or for Borrower, or which may now or hereafter be in the possession of Lender or
as to which  Lender may now or  hereafter  control  possession,  by documents of
title or otherwise,  whether for  safekeeping,  custody,  pledge,  transmission,
collection or otherwise, and any and all deposits, general or special, balances,
sums,  proceeds and credits of Borrower,  and all rights and remedies  which the
Borrower  might  exercise  with  respect  to any of the  foregoing,  but for the
execution of this Agreement in favor of Lender.

     (i) All Borrower's right,  title and interest  throughout the world, in and
to the trade secrets'  rights in the  information  regarding  computer  software
programs  developed by or for the Borrower,  including without  limitation,  the
right to prevent all  persons,  including  Borrower,  from using the programs or
from  using  and   transferring  the  information   contained   therein  without
authorization.

     (j)  All  proceeds,  including  insurance  proceeds,  and  products  of the
Collateral.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 6.5

                              Financial Statements

                             September 30, 1996 10Q


                                      -45-
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 6.12

                              Environmental Matters

                                      NONE


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 6.15

                             Location of Collateral

                                50 Spring Street
                            Ramsey, New Jersey 07446

                              16610 Southeast 128th
                            Renton, Washington 98059



                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                                 SCHEDULE 6.16

                                   Other Liens

The lien of the CIT Group  Credit  Finance,  Inc.  in and to  substantially  all
assets of the Borrower as evidenced by various UCC financing  statements  (which
are to be terminated as a result of this transaction) as follows:

(a)  Secretary of State of Washington
     (i)  No. 921430553 filed May 22, 1992,
     (ii) No. 942100000 filed July 29, 1994

(b)  Secretary of State of New Jersey
     (i)  No. 1584573 filed July 29, 1994;
     (ii) No. 1273446 filed June 21, 1989


                                      -48-
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 6.19

                           Names, Locations of Officer

                  Names under which Borrower conducts business:

                           BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

            Locations where Borrower conducts Business or Operations:

                             Chief Executive Office:

                                50 Spring Street
                            Ramsey, New Jersey 07446

                                Other locations.

                              16610 Southeast 128th
                            Renton, Washington 98059



                                      -49-
<PAGE>

          ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND INVESTORY BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
[SUMMIT BANK LOGO]  [                           ]    Certificate No. __________
                    [                           ]    Your Date ________________

To induce  Summit Bank - (herein  called  "Bank") to make a loan pursuant to the
Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Bank, and any amendments
thereto, the undersigned hereby certifies, as of the above date, as follows:

A. Summary of Collateral:

1. Balance of Accounts Receivable previously certified to Bank .....$__________
      a) Plus new sales since last certificate date __________
         through______ ......................................$__________
      b) Plus debit memos_____; other______ .................$__________
      c) Less credits ____________; other _______ ...........$__________
      d) Less returns and allowances ______; other _______ ..$__________
      e) Less net receivable reductions since last 
         certificate ........................................$__________
2. Total of all Accounts Receivable now being certified to Bank ....$__________
3. Less total amount of unqualified Accounts Receivable 
   Dated __________ .........................................$__________
4. Net amount of qualified Accounts Receivable ..............$__________
5. Total loan value of Accounts Receivable @ ___% (of item 4) ......$__________
6. Value of Inventory as of ________________, 19__
      a) Raw Materials .......$__________
      b) Work in Process .....$__________
      c) Finished Goods ......$__________
      d) Other (+/-) .........$__________
      e) Total Inventory .....$__________
      f) Total  Inventory  value  @ __% of  item  ___ or  limit  of $__________
         whichever is lower   $__________
7. Other Availability (Explain _________) Amount __________@ __% ...$__________
8. Other Availability (Explain _________) Amount __________@ __% ...$__________
9. Total loan value of Accounts  Receivable  (item 5) and Inventory 
   (item 6) and Other (items 7&8) ..................................$__________

B. Summary of Loan:
1. Previous loan balance ....................................$__________
2. Less collections: Deposits $__________
                 Wires .......$__________
                 Non-A/R .....$__________
                 Total ......................................$__________
3. Plus today's borrowing ...................................$__________
4. New principal loan balance ...............................$__________
5. Plus Bankers Acceptance ...$__________
6. Plus Letters of Credit ....$__________
7. Total loan  outstandings  (which may not exceed item A9 or 
   limit whichever is lower) .......................................$__________
8. Remaining Availability (item A9 less B7) ...........$__________

The  undersigned  certifies  that they are not in  default  under  the  Security
Agreement and any amendments thereto, or on any of the loans made thereunder, or
on any other liability.

- ------------------------------                   ------------------------------
       (Prepared By)                            (Authorized Signature and Title)

                                   EXHIBIT A
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              STATEMENT ATTESTATION

TO: SUMMIT BANK

I hereby submit to Summit Bank (the "Bank"), on behalf of: _____________ BOGEN
COMMUNICATIONS. INC.________________ (the "Borrower"), Reviewed, Compilation,
House-prepared(1) financial statements dated ________ for the purpose of either
applying for credit of for supporting its continuing credit accommodations.

I am submitting this statement to the bank as being true, accurate and not
misleading as of the date it has been submitted and understand that the Bank
will rely on this statement in making its credit decision.

                                   Company: BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                                   ------------------------------------------
                                   Signature & Title

                                   Date:
                                        -------------------------------------

(1)  The scope of the Statement listed above should be indicated by crossing out
     options that do not apply.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    EXHIBIT B

<PAGE>

                    Account Receivable & Loan Reconciliation
                               As of ___________

Company Name  ______________________________________________________

Please  furnish  the  information  requested  below which  details  should be in
agreement with the books and records of the company.

A.   Accounts Receivable Reconciliation
     Balance: Beginning of month          ________________
     Add:     Sales (invoices)            ________________
              Miscellaneous Sales         ________________
              Other Debits                ________________
     Less:    Credit Memos                ________________
     Less:    Net Cash (Applied)          ________________
              Discounts, Allowances, etc. ________________
              Others                      ________________

1)   Balance: General Ledger as of End of Month                ________________

2)   Accounts Receivables Aging Balance at Month End
     If there is a difference between A/R Aging & G/L, please explain:
     ___________________________________________________________________________
     ___________________________________________________________________________

3)   Account  Receivable  balance  reported  to bank  
     at  months  end  per  BBCS  _____________

     If item  (3) does not  agree  with  item  (1) & (2),  please  complete  the
     information below.

3a)  Sales and/or debits reported to  3b) Accounts Receivables, credits or other
     the Bank after month end:            reductions reported to bank after
                                          month end:
     Certificate # ___________________  Certificate # ______________________
     Certificate # ___________________  Certificate # ______________________
     Certificate # ___________________  Certificate # ______________________
     Certificate # ___________________  Certificate # ______________________
     Certificate # ___________________  Certificate # ______________________
     Total In-Transit                   Total In-Transit 
        sales are: ___________________  reductions are: ____________________

4)   Adjusted Bank  collateral  figure:  (Add (3) & (3a),  
     Less (3b) equals (4))                                     ________________
     If there is a difference, please explain:
     ___________________________________________________________________________
     ___________________________________________________________________________
================================================================================
B)   Inventory
         Inventory value: End of Month  _______________
         Method of Computation
         RM ________ FG ________ WIP ________ Other ________

================================================================================
C)   Loan Reconciliation
     As of ____________  loan balance per Bank Statement 
     As of ____________ loan balance per Company G/L
     Difference between (1) & (2) and breakdown:
     ___________________________________________________________________________
     ___________________________________________________________________________
     Other Liabilities
     EOM LC(s) (if any):_________________   EOM BA's (if any):_________________

- -------------------------                     -----------------
Prepared by; Name & Title                            Date

                                   EXHIBIT C


                     CONTINUING UNLIMITED CORPORATE GUARANTY

Date: February 6th, 1997

To: SUMMIT BANK (the "Lender")

     For  Valuable  Consideration,  and to induce  Lender to loan  money  and/or
extend  credit  in  reliance  hereon,   the  undersigned,   hereby   guarantees,
unconditionally,  the payment, when due, of each and every obligation, direct or
contingent,  now  existing  or  hereafter  arising,  owing  to  Lender  by BOGEN
COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a corporation of the State of Delaware (the "Borrower").

     This Guaranty shall be primary,  absolute and  unconditional  and extend to
and cover  every  extension  or renewal  of, and every  obligation  accepted  in
substitution for any obligation  guaranteed hereby, and the undersigned shall be
bound  hereby  irrespective  of (i) the  existence,  value or  condition  of any
collateral   security  Lender  may  at  any  time  hold;  (ii)  the  invalidity,
irregularity  or  enforceability  of  any  instrument,  writing  or  arrangement
relating to any such credit, loan of money or financial  accommodation or of the
obligations  thereunder;  (iii)  the  inability  or  failure  of Lender to fully
establish or perfect its lien or security interest in any collateral  pledged to
it; (iv) any other circumstance that might constitute a defense to, or discharge
of, the Borrower with respect to any of the obligations  hereby  guarantied,  or
the  undersigned  in regard to this  Guaranty  other than payment in full of the
obligations  guaranteed hereby; or (v) any present or future law or order of any
government (whether of right or in fact) or of any agency thereof, purporting to
reduce,  amend or otherwise affect any obligation of the Borrower or to vary the
terms of payment of the obligations of the Borrower hereby guaranteed.

     Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  enforcement  of this
Guaranty  shall not be contingent  upon pursuit by the Lender of any remedies it
may have against any other  guarantor or the Borrower,  whether  pursuant to the
terms of any loan documents or by law, and the Lender, in this regard, shall not
be required to (i) institute any judicial action against Borrower,  (ii) enforce
any other remedy against Borrower,  or (iii) take any action to realize upon any
property or  collateral  assigned,  pledged or otherwise  available to Lender as
security for performance of the obligations of Borrower.

     The  undersigned  hereby waives (i) notice of acceptance of this  Guaranty;
(ii)  presentment,  demand,  protest and notice of dishonor of any note or other
obligation  hereby  guaranteed;  and (iii)  demand by Lender for  observance  or
performance  of, or enforcement by Lender of any terms or provisions of the loan
documents evidencing the obligations of Borrower,  or any terms or provisions of
this Guaranty.

     This  Guaranty is a  continuing  guaranty  and shall  remain in force until
revoked  by notice  in  writing  to  Lender,  and  revocation  hereof  shall not
prejudice  Lender's claim hereunder with respect to any obligation arising prior
to revocation.

<PAGE>

     The  undersigned  hereby  consents  and agrees  that  Lender  may,  without
prejudice to any claim against the undersigned  hereunder,  at any time, or from
time to time, in Lender's discretion, and without notice to the undersigned: (i)
waive  compliance  with, or any defaults under,  or grant any other  indulgences
with respect to the loan documents  evidencing the  obligations of the Borrower;
(ii) modify,  amend,  or change any provisions of the loan documents  evidencing
the obligations of the Borrower; (iii) extend or change the time of payment, and
the manner, place or terms of payment of any obligation hereby guaranteed;  (iv)
make advances for the purpose of performing  any term or covenant  pertaining to
the obligations hereby guaranteed with respect to which the Borrower shall be in
default; (v) assign or otherwise transfer the obligations hereby guaranteed,  or
any interest therein or herein; (vi) exchange,  release, impair or surrender all
or any collateral  security which Lender may at any time hold in connection with
any obligation hereby guaranteed;  (vii) sell, and purchase, any such collateral
at public or private sale or at any broker's board,  crediting net proceeds upon
any obligation secured thereby; (viii) release,  discharge, settle or compromise
with the Borrower, or with any other person primarily or secondarily liable with
the Borrower,  any obligation  hereby  guaranteed;  or (ix) deal in all respects
with the Borrower as if this Guaranty were not in effect.

     The  undersigned  represents  and warrants  that (i) the  undersigned  is a
corporation  organized and existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
State of Delaware  and under the laws of any other state  wherein the  business,
properties or operations of the undersigned make it necessary to so qualify (ii)
the  undersigned  has the full power,  authority  and legal right to enter into,
execute and deliver this  Guaranty;  (iii) this  Guaranty is a valid and binding
legal  obligation  of the  undersigned  and is  fully  enforceable  against  the
undersigned  in  accordance  with its  terms  and,  as of the date  hereof,  the
undersigned  has no  defense  to any  action or  proceeding  that may be brought
hereunder;  (iv) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the undersigned of
this Guaranty has been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate action,  will
not violate any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws
of the  undersigned  and will not  violate  or  constitute  a default  under any
indenture,  note, loan,  credit agreement or any other document or instrument to
which the  undersigned  is a party or by which the  undersigned  is bound in any
manner which would  materially and adversely affect its ability to carry out any
of the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Guaranty;  (iv) the  undersigned
has a direct interest in the financial well-being of the Borrower; and (v) there
has  been  no  material  adverse  change  in  the  financial  condition  of  the
undersigned from that shown on the most recent financial statements delivered to
Lender.

     The undersigned is not in violation of any decree, ruling,  judgment, order
or  injunction  applicable to it, or any law,  ordinance,  rule or regulation of
whatever  nature which taken alone or in the  aggregate,  would  materially  and
adversely  affect  its  ability  to carry out any of the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions of this Guaranty. There are no actions, proceedings or investigations
pending or to the best of its  knowledge  threatened  against or  affecting  the
undersigned before or by any court,  arbitrator,  administrative agency or other
governmental  authority or entity,  which,  taken alone or in the aggregate,  if
adversely  decided,  would  materially and adversely affect its ability to carry
out any of the terms and conditions of this Guaranty.


                                       2
<PAGE>

     This Guaranty and the undersigned's  liability  hereunder shall continue to
be effective or be reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any time,  prepayment,
payment or other  value  received  by the Lender  from any  source,  or any part
thereof,  of  any  of the  obligations  guaranteed  hereunder  is  rescinded  or
otherwise  restored  or  returned  by the Lender by reason of (i) any  judgment,
decree  or  order  by  any  court  or   administrative   body  having  competent
jurisdiction;  (ii) any  settlement or  compromise  of any such claim;  or (iii)
otherwise,  all as though such  payment had not been made,  notwithstanding  any
termination  hereof or the  cancellation  of any  instrument or writing or other
agreement evidencing the obligations of the undersigned.

     No delay on the Lender's  part in  exercising  any right  hereunder,  or in
taking  any  action to collect  or  enforce  payment  of any  obligation  hereby
guaranteed,  either as against the  Borrower or any other  person  primarily  or
secondarily  liable  with the  Borrower,  shall  operate as a waiver of any such
right or in any manner prejudice the Lender's rights against the undersigned.

     THE UNDERSIGNED  HEREBY WAIVES THE FOLLOWING IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF
ANY KIND OR NATURE,  ARISING UNDER OR BY REASON OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY:
(i) THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY;  (ii) THE RIGHT TO CLAIM A FAIR  MARKET  VALUE
CREDIT AS TO ANY AND ALL COLLATERAL NOW OR HEREAFTER PLEDGED TO LENDER TO SECURE
THE OBLIGATIONS HEREBY  GUARANTEED:  AND (iii) ANY RIGHT OF SUBROGATION TO WHICH
GUARANTOR MIGHT OTHERWISE BE ENTITLED.

                                                 YMC
                                               --------
                                               (Initial)

     The  undersigned  agrees  that,  if the maturity of any  obligation  hereby
guaranteed is accelerated,  by bankruptcy or otherwise, as against the Borrower,
such  maturity  shall  also  be  deemed  accelerated  for the  purposes  of this
Guaranty, and without demand upon or notice to the undersigned.

     As security for its obligation  hereunder,  Guarantor hereby gives Lender a
general lien upon and right of setoff with respect to any deposit account of the
undersigned  with Lender and any other of the  undersigned's  funds or assets at
any time in Lender's custody or control.

     The  undersigned  hereby  authorizes  Lender,  in its sole  discretion,  to
disclose  any  financial  or other  information  about  the  undersigned  to any
present, future or prospective participant or successor in interest in any loan,
advance  or other  financial  accommodation  to  Borrower  from  Lender,  or any
regulatory body or agency having jurisdiction over Lender.

     In the event any proceedings are undertaken by Lender to effect  collection
hereunder,  the  undersigned  shall pay all costs and expenses of every kind for
collection,   including  reasonable   attorney's  fees  incurred  by  Lender  in
connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty.

     If the  obligations of the Borrower are also guaranteed by any other person
or entity by continuing  guaranty or by  endorsement of any note of the Borrower
or otherwise, the obligation of

                                        3

<PAGE>

such other person or entity and the undersigned's  obligation hereunder shall be
deemed to be several, and the release by Lender of any such other guarantor,  or
settlement  with  such  guarantor,  or the  revocation  or  impairment  of  such
guaranty, shall not operate to prejudice Lender's rights against the undersigned
hereunder.

     The  undersigned  agrees to allow  Borrower  to deliver  to  Lender,  those
financial  statements  required,  from time to time  pursuant to the  continuing
commercial lending relationship of the Borrower with Lender, as, when and in the
form and  substance  required  thereby,  and not later  than ten (10) days after
filing with the Internal Revenue Service, Guarantor shall deliver to Lender true
and  complete  copies of its  signed  Federal  income  tax return and such other
financial information as Lender shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

     No delay on the Lender's  part in exercising  any of the Lender's  options,
powers or rights or partial or single  exercises  thereof,  shall  constitute  a
waiver  thereof.  No  waiver  of any of the  Lender's  rights  hereunder  and no
modification or amendment of this Guaranty, shall be deemed to be made by Lender
unless the same shall be in writing,  duly signed on the Lender's  behalf by its
duly authorized  officers,  and each such waiver,  if any, shall apply only with
respect  to the  specific  instance  involved,  and shall in no way  impair  the
Lender's rights or the undersigned's  obligations to Lender in any other respect
at any other time.

     If any provision (or any part of any provision)  contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable  in any
respect, such invalidity,  illegality,  or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provision (or remaining part of the affected  provision) of this Guaranty,
but  this  Guaranty  shall  be  construed  as  if  such  invalid,   illegal,  or
unenforceable  provision (or part thereof) had never been contained herein,  but
only to the extent such provision is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.

     The  undersigned  agrees  that:  (i) this  Guaranty  shall be  construed in
accordance  with and  governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey;  (ii) any
action or  proceeding  to enforce  this  Guaranty  may be  commenced in state or
federal  court in any county in the State of New Jersey;  and (ii) it generally,
irrevocably  and  unconditionally  submits to and  accepts  for itself  (and its
successors and assigns) the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for the purpose
of any such suit,  action or other  proceeding  and  agrees  not to contest  the
validity  of any  judgment  rendered  thereby  in any  other  jurisdiction.  The
undersigned  further  waives,  and agrees  not to assert,  by way of motion as a
defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it
is not  personally  subject to the  jurisdiction  of the aforesaid  courts or is
otherwise immune from legal proceedings,  or that the suit, action or proceeding
is  brought  in an  inconvenient  forum,  that the venue of the suit,  action or
proceeding  is  improper,  or that the loan  documents  of the  Borrower  or the
subject matter hereof may not be enforced by any such court.

     This  Guaranty  shall  be  binding  upon  the  undersigned,  as well as its
successors or assigns (except that no such assignment shall be effective without
the prior written consent of Lender).

     This  Guaranty  shall inure to the benefit  of, and be  enforceable  by the
Lender,  its  successors  and assigns,  including any  subsequent  holder of the
obligations hereby guaranteed.

                                        4

<PAGE>

     For the purposes of this Guaranty,  the singular shall be deemed to include
the  plural,  and the neuter  shall be deemed to include the  masculine  and the
feminine, and vice versa, as the context may require.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused these presents to be signed
by its proper  corporate  officers  and sealed with its seal of the day and year
first above written.

ATTEST:                                 BOGEN COMMUNICATIONS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
BY:  /s/ Frank DiPalma                  BY: /s/ Yoav M. Cohen
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------
   FRANK DIPALMA, Assistant Secretary      YOAV M. COHEN, Vice President, 
                                           Finance
                                           
STATE OF NEW JERSEY :
                    : SS
COUNTY OF MORRIS    :

     BE IT  REMEMBERED,  that on this 6th day of February,  1997,  before me the
subscriber,  an attorney at law of the State of New Jersey,  personally appeared
FRANK DIPALMA,  who, being by me duly sworn on his oath, deposes and makes proof
to my satisfaction  that he is the Assistant  Secretary of BOGEN  COMMUNICATIONS
INTERNATIONAL,  INC., and that YOAV M. COHEN is the Vice  President,  Finance of
said corporation which is named in the within instrument;  that the execution as
well as the  making of this  instrument,  has been duly  authorized  by a proper
resolution of the Board of Directors of the said corporation; that deponent well
knows the corporate seal of said corporation;  and that the seal affixed to said
instrument  is the  proper  corporate  seal  and was  thereto  affixed  and said
instrument signed and delivered by said officer as and for the voluntary act and
deed of said corporation.

                                      /s/ Jordan S. Solomon
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      JORDAN S. SOLOMON, ESQ.


                                       5



                     CONTINUING UNLIMITED CORPORATE GUARANTY

Date: February 6th, 1997

To: SUMMIT BANK (the "Lender")

     For  Valuable  Consideration,  and to induce  Lender to loan  money  and/or
extend  credit  in  reliance  hereon,   the  undersigned,   hereby   guarantees,
unconditionally,  the payment, when due, of each and every obligation, direct or
contingent,  now  existing  or  hereafter  arising,  owing  to  Lender  by BOGEN
COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a corporation of the State of Delaware (the "Borrower").

     This Guaranty shall be primary,  absolute and  unconditional  and extend to
and cover  every  extension  or renewal  of, and every  obligation  accepted  in
substitution for any obligation  guaranteed hereby, and the undersigned shall be
bound  hereby  irrespective  of (i) the  existence,  value or  condition  of any
collateral   security  Lender  may  at  any  time  hold;  (ii)  the  invalidity,
irregularity  or  enforceability  of  any  instrument,  writing  or  arrangement
relating to any such credit loan of money or financial  accommodation  or of the
obligations  thereunder;  (iii)  the  inability  or  failure  of Lender to fully
establish or perfect its lien or security interest in any collateral  pledged to
it; (iv) any other circumstance that might constitute a defense to, or discharge
of, the Borrower with respect to any of the obligations  hereby  guarantied,  or
the  undersigned  in regard to this  Guaranty  other than payment in full of the
obligations  guaranteed hereby; or (v) any present or future law or order of any
government (whether of right or in fact) or of any agency thereof, purporting to
reduce,  amend or otherwise affect any obligation of the Borrower or to vary the
terms of payment of the obligations of the Borrower hereby guaranteed.

     Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  enforcement  of this
Guaranty  shall not be contingent  upon pursuit by the Lender of any remedies it
may have against any other  guarantor or the Borrower,  whether  pursuant to the
terms of any loan documents or by law, and the Lender, in this regard, shall not
be required to (i) institute any judicial action against Borrower,  (ii) enforce
any other remedy against Borrower,  or (iii) take any action to realize upon any
property or  collateral  assigned,  pledged or otherwise  available to Lender as
security for performance of the obligations of Borrower.

     The  undersigned  hereby waives (i) notice of acceptance of this  Guaranty;
(ii)  presentment,  demand,  protest and notice of dishonor of any note or other
obligation  hereby  guaranteed;  and (iii)  demand by Lender for  observance  or
performance  of, or enforcement by Lender of any terms or provisions of the loan
documents evidencing the obligations of Borrower,  or any terms or provisions of
this Guaranty.
<PAGE>

     This  Guaranty is a  continuing  guaranty  and shall  remain in force until
revoked  by notice  in  writing  to  Lender,  and  revocation  hereof  shall not
prejudice  Lender's claim hereunder with respect to any obligation arising prior
to revocation.

     The  undersigned  hereby  consents  and agrees  that  Lender  may,  without
prejudice to any claim against the undersigned  hereunder,  at any time, or from
time to time, in Lender's discretion, and without notice to the undersigned: (i)
waive  compliance  with, or any defaults under,  or grant any other  indulgences
with respect to the loan documents  evidencing the  obligations of the Borrower;
(ii) modify,  amend,  or change any provisions of the loan documents  evidencing
the obligations of the Borrower; (iii) extend or change the time of payment, and
the manner, place or terms of payment of any obligation hereby guaranteed;  (iv)
make advances for the purpose of performing  any term or covenant  pertaining to
the obligations hereby guaranteed with respect to which the Borrower shall be in
default; (v) assign or otherwise transfer the obligations hereby guaranteed,  or
any interest therein or herein; (vi) exchange,  release, impair or surrender all
or any collateral  security which Lender may at any time hold in connection with
any obligation hereby guaranteed;  (vii) sell, and purchase, any such collateral
at public or private sale or at any broker's board,  crediting net proceeds upon
any obligation secured thereby; (viii) release,  discharge, settle or compromise
with the Borrower, or with any other person primarily or secondarily liable with
the Borrower,  any obligation  hereby  guaranteed;  or (ix) deal in all respects
with the Borrower as if this Guaranty were not in effect.

     The  undersigned  represents  and warrants  that (i) the  undersigned  is a
corporation  organized and existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
State of Delaware  and under the laws of any other state  wherein the  business,
properties or operations of the undersigned make it necessary to so qualify (ii)
the  undersigned  has the full power,  authority  and legal right to enter into,
execute and deliver this  Guaranty;  (iii) this  Guaranty is a valid and binding
legal  obligation  of the  undersigned  and is  fully  enforceable  against  the
undersigned  in  accordance  with its  terms  and,  as of the date  hereof,  the
undersigned  has no  defense  to any  action or  proceeding  that may be brought
hereunder;  (iv) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the undersigned of
this Guaranty has been duly authorized by all requisite  corporate action,  will
not violate any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws
of the  undersigned  and will not  violate  or  constitute  a default  under any
indenture,  note, loan,  credit agreement or any other document or instrument to
which the  undersigned  is a party or by which the  undersigned  is bound in any
manner which would  materially and adversely affect its ability to carry out any
of the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Guaranty;  (iv) the  undersigned
has a direct interest in the financial well-being of the Borrower; and (v) there
has  been  no  material  adverse  change  in  the  financial  condition  of  the
undersigned from that shown on the most recent financial statements delivered to
Lender.

     The undersigned is not in violation of any decree, ruling,  judgment, order
or  injunction  applicable to it, or any law,  ordinance,  rule or regulation of
whatever  nature which taken alone or in the  aggregate,  would  materially  and
adversely  affect  its  ability  to carry out any of the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions of this Guaranty. There are no actions, proceedings or investigations
pending or to the best of its  knowledge  threatened  against or  affecting  the
undersigned before or by any court,  arbitrator,  administrative agency or other
governmental authority or entity, which,

                                        2
<PAGE>

taken alone or in the  aggregate,  if adversely  decided,  would  materially and
adversely  affect its  ability to carry out any of the terms and  conditions  of
this Guaranty.

     This Guaranty and the undersigned's  liability  hereunder shall continue to
be effective or be reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any time,  prepayment,
payment or other  value  received  by the Lender  from any  source,  or any part
thereof,  of  any  of the  obligations  guaranteed  hereunder  is  rescinded  or
otherwise  restored  or  returned  by the Lender by reason of (i) any  judgment,
decree  or  order  by  any  court  or   administrative   body  having  competent
jurisdiction;  (ii) any  settlement or  compromise  of any such claim;  or (iii)
otherwise,  all as though such  payment had not been made,  notwithstanding  any
termination  hereof or the  cancellation  of any  instrument or writing or other
agreement evidencing the obligations of the undersigned.

     No delay on the Lender's  part in  exercising  any right  hereunder,  or in
taking  any  action to collect  or  enforce  payment  of any  obligation  hereby
guaranteed,  either as against the  Borrower or any other  person  primarily  or
secondarily  liable  with the  Borrower,  shall  operate as a waiver of any such
right or in any manner prejudice the Lender's rights against the undersigned.

     THE UNDERSIGNED  HEREBY WAIVES THE FOLLOWING IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF
ANY KIND OR NATURE,  ARISING UNDER OR BY REASON OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY:
(i) THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY;  (ii) THE RIGHT TO CLAIM A FAIR  MARKET  VALUE
CREDIT AS TO ANY AND ALL COLLATERAL NOW OR HEREAFTER PLEDGED TO LENDER TO SECURE
THE OBLIGATIONS HEREBY  GUARANTEED:  AND (iii) ANY RIGHT OF SUBROGATION TO WHICH
GUARANTOR MIGHT OTHERWISE BE ENTITLED.

                                                 YMC
                                               --------
                                               (Initial)

     The  undersigned  agrees  that,  if the maturity of any  obligation  hereby
guaranteed is accelerated,  by bankruptcy or otherwise, as against the Borrower,
such  maturity  shall  also  be  deemed  accelerated  for the  purposes  of this
Guaranty, and without demand upon or notice to the undersigned.

     As security for its obligation  hereunder,  Guarantor hereby gives Lender a
general lien upon and right of setoff with respect to any deposit account of the
undersigned  with Lender and any other of the  undersigned's  funds or assets at
any time in Lender's custody or control.

     The  undersigned  hereby  authorizes  Lender,  in its sole  discretion,  to
disclose  any  financial  or other  information  about  the  undersigned  to any
present, future or prospective participant or successor in interest in any loan,
advance  or other  financial  accommodation  to  Borrower  from  Lender,  or any
regulatory body or agency having jurisdiction over Lender.

                                        3
<PAGE>

     In the event any proceedings are undertaken by Lender to effect  collection
hereunder,  the  undersigned  shall pay all costs and expenses of every kind for
collection,   including  reasonable   attorney's  fees  incurred  by  Lender  in
connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty.

     If the  obligations of the Borrower are also guaranteed by any other person
or entity by continuing  guaranty or by  endorsement of any note of the Borrower
or  otherwise,   the   obligation  of  such  other  person  or  entity  and  the
undersigned's  obligation  hereunder  shall be  deemed  to be  several,  and the
release  by  Lender  of any  such  other  guarantor,  or  settlement  with  such
guarantor,  or the revocation or impairment of such guaranty,  shall not operate
to prejudice Lender's rights against the undersigned hereunder.

     The  undersigned  agrees to allow  Borrower  to deliver  to  Lender,  those
financial  statements  required,  from time to time  pursuant to the  continuing
commercial lending relationship of the Borrower with Lender, as, when and in the
form and  substance  required  thereby,  and not later  than ten (10) days after
filing with the Internal Revenue Service, Guarantor shall deliver to Lender true
and  complete  copies of its  signed  Federal  income  tax return and such other
financial information as Lender shall, from time to time, reasonably request.

     No delay on the Lender's  part in exercising  any of the Lender's  options,
powers or rights or partial or single  exercises  thereof,  shall  constitute  a
waiver  thereof.  No  waiver  of any of the  Lender's  rights  hereunder  and no
modification or amendment of this Guaranty, shall be deemed to be made by Lender
unless the same shall be in writing,  duly signed on the Lender's  behalf by its
duly authorized  officers,  and each such waiver,  if any, shall apply only with
respect  to the  specific  instance  involved,  and shall in no way  impair  the
Lender's rights or the undersigned's  obligations to Lender in any other respect
at any other time.

     If any provision (or any part of any provision)  contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable  in any
respect, such invalidity,  illegality,  or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provision (or remaining part of the affected  provision) of this Guaranty,
but  this  Guaranty  shall  be  construed  as  if  such  invalid,   illegal,  or
unenforceable  provision (or part thereof) had never been contained herein,  but
only to the extent such provision is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.

     The  undersigned  agrees  that:  (i) this  Guaranty  shall be  construed in
accordance  with and  governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey;  (ii) any
action or  proceeding  to enforce  this  Guaranty  may be  commenced in state or
federal  court in any county in the State of New Jersey;  and (ii) it generally,
irrevocably  and  unconditionally  submits to and  accepts  for itself  (and its
successors and assigns) the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for the purpose
of any such suit,  action or other  proceeding  and  agrees  not to contest  the
validity  of any  judgment  rendered  thereby  in any  other  jurisdiction.  The
undersigned  further  waives,  and agrees  not to assert,  by way of motion as a
defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it
is not  personally  subject to the  jurisdiction  of the aforesaid  courts or is
otherwise immune from legal proceedings,  or that the suit, action or proceeding
is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the

                                        4

<PAGE>

venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper,  or that the loan documents
of the  Borrower  or the subject  matter  hereof may not be enforced by any such
court.

     This  Guaranty  shall  be  binding  upon  the  undersigned,  as well as its
successors or assigns (except that no such assignment shall be effective without
the prior written consent of Lender).

     This  Guaranty  shall inure to the benefit  of, and be  enforceable  by the
Lender,  its  successors  and assigns,  including any  subsequent  holder of the
obligations hereby guaranteed.

     For the purposes of this Guaranty,  the singular shall be deemed to include
the  plural,  and the neuter  shall be deemed to include the  masculine  and the
feminine, and vice versa, as the context may require.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused these presents to be signed
by its proper  corporate  officers  and sealed with its seal of the day and year
first above written.

ATTEST:                                 BOGEN CORPORATION
BY:  /s/ Frank DiPalma                  BY: /s/ Yoav M. Cohen
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------
   FRANK DIPALMA, Assistant Secretary      YOAV M. COHEN, Vice President, 
                                           Finance
                                           
STATE OF NEW JERSEY :
                    : SS
COUNTY OF MORRIS    :

     BE IT  REMEMBERED,  that on this 6th day of February,  1997,  before me the
subscriber,  an attorney at law of the State of New Jersey,  personally appeared
FRANK DIPALMA,  who, being by me duly sworn on his oath, deposes and makes proof
to my satisfaction that he is the Assistant Secretary of BOGEN CORPORATION,  and
that YOAV M. COHEN, is the Vice President,  Finance of said corporation which is
named in the within instrument; that the execution as well as the making of this
instrument,  has been duly  authorized  by a proper  resolution  of the Board of
Directors of the said  corporation,  that deponent well knows the corporate seal
of said corporation;  and that the seal affixed to said instrument is the proper
corporate seal and was thereto affixed and said instrument  signed and delivered
by said officer as and for the voluntary act and deed of said corporation.

                                      /s/ Jordan S. Solomon
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      JORDAN S. SOLOMON, ESQ.

                                        5



                          SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Names Under
                                         State or Other Jurisdiction of          Which the Subsidiary
Subsidiary                               Incorporation or Organization               Does Business
- ----------                               -----------------------------               -------------
<S>                                      <C>                                   <C>
Bogen Corporation                        Delaware                              Bogen Corporation               
  (a) Bogen Communications, Inc.(1)      Delaware                              Bogen Communications, Inc.
                                                                              
Speech Design GmbH                       Gremering, Germany                    Speech Design GmbH
  (b) Satelco AG (2)                     Switzerland                           Satelco AG
  (c) Speech Design (Israel) Ltd.(3)     Israel                                Speech Design (Israel)
  (d) Speech Design (UK) Ltd.(4)         United Kingdom                        Speech Design (UK)

</TABLE>
                                                          
(1) Bogen Communications, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bogen Corporation

(2) Satelco AG is a 67% owned subsidiary of Speech Design GmbH

(3) Speech Design (Israel) Ltd. is a 100% owned subsidiary of Speech Design GmbH

(4) Speech Design (UK) Ltd. is a 100% owned subsidiary of Speech Design GmbH


                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements of
Bogen Communications International,  Inc. (formerly European Gateway Acquisition
Corp.) on Form S-1 (No.  33-65294)  and Form S-3 (No.  33-99662)  of our  report
dated March 7, 1997, on our audits of the consolidated  financial statements and
financial statement schedules of Bogen Communications International,  Inc. as of
December  31, 1996 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period  ended
December 31, 1996, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

                                                        COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

New York, New York
March 27, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                     12-mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                         885
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  6,987
<ALLOWANCES>                                   470
<INVENTORY>                                    6,519
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               14,701
<PP&E>                                         2,130
<DEPRECIATION>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 31,386
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          12,312
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       6
<OTHER-SE>                                     17,570
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   31,386
<SALES>                                        46,269
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               46,269
<CGS>                                          25,004
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  17,697
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               337
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             668
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                2,563
<INCOME-TAX>                                   555
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            0
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   2,008
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0.35
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission